US20170099130A9 - Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication - Google Patents
Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20170099130A9 US20170099130A9 US15/014,770 US201615014770A US2017099130A9 US 20170099130 A9 US20170099130 A9 US 20170099130A9 US 201615014770 A US201615014770 A US 201615014770A US 2017099130 A9 US2017099130 A9 US 2017099130A9
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- enodeb
- coupling
- cluster
- common
- configuration
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 title claims description 40
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 title claims description 5
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 215
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 172
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 172
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 172
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000013468 resource allocation Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005315 distribution function Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
- H04L5/1438—Negotiation of transmission parameters prior to communication
- H04L5/1446—Negotiation of transmission parameters prior to communication of transmission speed
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/004—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
- H04L1/0076—Distributed coding, e.g. network coding, involving channel coding
- H04L1/0077—Cooperative coding
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/07—Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
- G06F11/08—Error detection or correction by redundancy in data representation, e.g. by using checking codes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/0404—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas the mobile station comprising multiple antennas, e.g. to provide uplink diversity
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/24—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts
- H04B7/26—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile
- H04B7/2643—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile using time-division multiple access [TDMA]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/0231—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control based on communication conditions
- H04W28/0236—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control based on communication conditions radio quality, e.g. interference, losses or delay
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
- H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
- H04B7/0621—Feedback content
- H04B7/063—Parameters other than those covered in groups H04B7/0623 - H04B7/0634, e.g. channel matrix rank or transmit mode selection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/24—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts
- H04B7/26—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile
- H04B7/2603—Arrangements for wireless physical layer control
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04J—MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
- H04J11/00—Orthogonal multiplex systems, e.g. using WALSH codes
- H04J11/0023—Interference mitigation or co-ordination
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04J—MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
- H04J11/00—Orthogonal multiplex systems, e.g. using WALSH codes
- H04J11/0023—Interference mitigation or co-ordination
- H04J11/005—Interference mitigation or co-ordination of intercell interference
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04J—MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
- H04J3/00—Time-division multiplex systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
- H04L1/0006—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission format
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
- H04L1/0033—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff arrangements specific to the transmitter
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/08—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by repeating transmission, e.g. Verdan system
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
- H04L1/1635—Cumulative acknowledgement, i.e. the acknowledgement message applying to all previous messages
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1825—Adaptation of specific ARQ protocol parameters according to transmission conditions
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
- H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
- H04L1/1861—Physical mapping arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
- H04L1/1864—ARQ related signaling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
- H04L1/1874—Buffer management
- H04L1/1877—Buffer management for semi-reliable protocols, e.g. for less sensitive applications like streaming video
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
- H04L1/1887—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
- H04L1/189—Transmission or retransmission of more than one copy of a message
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
- H04L1/1896—ARQ related signaling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L12/00—Data switching networks
- H04L12/02—Details
- H04L12/16—Arrangements for providing special services to substations
- H04L12/18—Arrangements for providing special services to substations for broadcast or conference, e.g. multicast
- H04L12/189—Arrangements for providing special services to substations for broadcast or conference, e.g. multicast in combination with wireless systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L12/00—Data switching networks
- H04L12/28—Data switching networks characterised by path configuration, e.g. LAN [Local Area Networks] or WAN [Wide Area Networks]
- H04L12/2854—Wide area networks, e.g. public data networks
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
- H04L47/10—Flow control; Congestion control
- H04L47/28—Flow control; Congestion control in relation to timing considerations
- H04L47/283—Flow control; Congestion control in relation to timing considerations in response to processing delays, e.g. caused by jitter or round trip time [RTT]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
- H04L47/50—Queue scheduling
- H04L47/62—Queue scheduling characterised by scheduling criteria
- H04L47/625—Queue scheduling characterised by scheduling criteria for service slots or service orders
- H04L47/6275—Queue scheduling characterised by scheduling criteria for service slots or service orders based on priority
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
- H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
- H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
- H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0058—Allocation criteria
- H04L5/0073—Allocation arrangements that take into account other cell interferences
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
- H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
- H04L5/1438—Negotiation of transmission parameters prior to communication
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
- H04L5/1469—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex using time-sharing
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
- H04L65/60—Network streaming of media packets
- H04L65/75—Media network packet handling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
- H04L65/60—Network streaming of media packets
- H04L65/75—Media network packet handling
- H04L65/752—Media network packet handling adapting media to network capabilities
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
- H04L65/60—Network streaming of media packets
- H04L65/75—Media network packet handling
- H04L65/756—Media network packet handling adapting media to device capabilities
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
- H04L67/01—Protocols
- H04L67/02—Protocols based on web technology, e.g. hypertext transfer protocol [HTTP]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
- H04L67/50—Network services
- H04L67/56—Provisioning of proxy services
- H04L67/568—Storing data temporarily at an intermediate stage, e.g. caching
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/258—Client or end-user data management, e.g. managing client capabilities, user preferences or demographics, processing of multiple end-users preferences to derive collaborative data
- H04N21/25808—Management of client data
- H04N21/25841—Management of client data involving the geographical location of the client
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/414—Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance
- H04N21/41407—Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance embedded in a portable device, e.g. video client on a mobile phone, PDA, laptop
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/60—Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client
- H04N21/63—Control signaling related to video distribution between client, server and network components; Network processes for video distribution between server and clients or between remote clients, e.g. transmitting basic layer and enhancement layers over different transmission paths, setting up a peer-to-peer communication via Internet between remote STB's; Communication protocols; Addressing
- H04N21/64—Addressing
- H04N21/6408—Unicasting
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
- H04W16/02—Resource partitioning among network components, e.g. reuse partitioning
- H04W16/04—Traffic adaptive resource partitioning
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
- H04W16/18—Network planning tools
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/0268—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control using specific QoS parameters for wireless networks, e.g. QoS class identifier [QCI] or guaranteed bit rate [GBR]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/0278—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control using buffer status reports
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/10—Flow control between communication endpoints
- H04W28/14—Flow control between communication endpoints using intermediate storage
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
- H04W28/24—Negotiating SLA [Service Level Agreement]; Negotiating QoS [Quality of Service]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/06—Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
- H04W52/0203—Power saving arrangements in the radio access network or backbone network of wireless communication networks
- H04W52/0206—Power saving arrangements in the radio access network or backbone network of wireless communication networks in access points, e.g. base stations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
- H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
- H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
- H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
- H04W52/0235—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal where the received signal is a power saving command
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/04—TPC
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/04—TPC
- H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
- H04W52/24—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters
- H04W52/243—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters taking into account interferences
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
- H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
- H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/27—Control channels or signalling for resource management between access points
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/51—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on terminal or device properties
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
- H04W72/541—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using the level of interference
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
- H04W72/566—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient
- H04W72/569—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient of the traffic information
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
- H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
- H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
- H04W74/0841—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment
- H04W74/085—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment collision avoidance
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
- H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
- H04W76/28—Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
- H04W88/02—Terminal devices
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
- H04W88/08—Access point devices
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
- H04W88/18—Service support devices; Network management devices
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04J—MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
- H04J11/00—Orthogonal multiplex systems, e.g. using WALSH codes
- H04J11/0069—Cell search, i.e. determining cell identity [cell-ID]
- H04J11/0073—Acquisition of primary synchronisation channel, e.g. detection of cell-ID within cell-ID group
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04J—MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
- H04J2211/00—Orthogonal indexing scheme relating to orthogonal multiplex systems
- H04J2211/003—Orthogonal indexing scheme relating to orthogonal multiplex systems within particular systems or standards
- H04J2211/005—Long term evolution [LTE]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
- H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
- H04L1/0025—Transmission of mode-switching indication
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/004—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
- H04L1/0072—Error control for data other than payload data, e.g. control data
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
- H04L1/1819—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ] with retransmission of additional or different redundancy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1822—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems involving configuration of automatic repeat request [ARQ] with parallel processes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0014—Three-dimensional division
- H04L5/0023—Time-frequency-space
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0032—Distributed allocation, i.e. involving a plurality of allocating devices, each making partial allocation
- H04L5/0035—Resource allocation in a cooperative multipoint environment
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
- H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/60—Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client
- H04N21/63—Control signaling related to video distribution between client, server and network components; Network processes for video distribution between server and clients or between remote clients, e.g. transmitting basic layer and enhancement layers over different transmission paths, setting up a peer-to-peer communication via Internet between remote STB's; Communication protocols; Addressing
- H04N21/64—Addressing
- H04N21/6405—Multicasting
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
- H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
- H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
- H04W52/0229—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal where the received signal is a wanted signal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/04—TPC
- H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
- H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
- H04W52/143—Downlink power control
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
- H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
- H04W72/1268—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
- Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks
Definitions
- WWAN Wireless Wide Area Networks
- TDD Time Division Duplexing
- DL and UL communications occur between a cellular radio tower (tower) and wireless mobile devices within a geographic area covered by the tower that is referred to as a cell.
- DL communications from the tower to the wireless mobile devices occur during a first set of timeslots.
- UL communications from the wireless mobile devices to the tower occur during a second, non-overlapping set of timeslots.
- the collection of timeslots for which a tower schedules radio resources for UL and DL communications describes the UL-DL configuration, or TDD configuration, for the tower and its corresponding cell.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a Wireless Wide Area Networks (WWAN) of evolved Node B (eNodeB) transmission points in an Evolved-Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN) having coverage cells with asymmetric directional traffic in accordance with an example;
- WWAN Wireless Wide Area Networks
- eNodeB evolved Node B
- E-UTRAN Evolved-Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating two types of interference that can occur between cells with asynchronous Up Link (UL)-Down Link (DL)/Time Division Duplexing (TDD) configurations in accordance with an example;
- UL Up Link
- DL Down Link
- TDD Time Division Duplexing
- FIG. 3 a is a chart depicting the Cumulative Distribution Function (CDF) of Signal to Interference and Noise Ratios (SINR) for DL reception at a UE for various levels of asynchronous transmission in accordance with an example;
- CDF Cumulative Distribution Function
- SINR Signal to Interference and Noise Ratios
- FIG. 3 b is a chart depicting the CDF of SINR for UL reception at an eNodeB for various levels of asynchronous transmission in accordance with an example
- FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrating the different levels of coupling interference that can result from asynchronous transmission depending on the pair of cells involved in asynchronous transmission based on asynchronous UL-DL/TDD configurations in accordance with an example;
- FIG. 5 is a block diagram illustrating the formation of different clusters of eNodeBs to reflect the different interference impacts that can result between different eNodeBs engaged in asynchronous transmission based on asynchronous UL-DL/TDD configurations in accordance with an example;
- FIG. 6 is a block diagram illustrating the formation of a sub-cluster and the merging of different clusters of eNodeBs to reflect the different interference impacts that can result between different eNodeBs engaged in asynchronous transmission in accordance with an example;
- FIG. 7 is a flowchart depicting a process for cluster formation, merger, and eNodeB isolation to accommodate adaptive, asynchronous directional transmissions within a WWAN in accordance with another example
- FIG. 8 is a chart depicting the CDF of SINR for UL reception at an eNodeB for various cluster interference levels with two additional graphs depicting the CDF for cluster sizes for cluster interference levels of ⁇ 60 dB and ⁇ 90 dB, in accordance with an example;
- FIG. 9 is a pair of charts depicting the CDFs for DL and UL packet throughput for various cluster interference levels in accordance with an example
- FIG. 10 is a flowchart depicting a clustering process to accommodate adaptive, asynchronous directional transmissions within a WWAN in accordance with an example
- FIG. 11 is a block diagram illustrating a device operating at an eNodeB to perform measurement and other functions to form clusters allowing adaptive, asynchronous directional transmissions within a WWAN in accordance with an example
- FIG. 12 is a flowchart depicting another generalized process for measuring interference potential to create eNodeB clusters allowing adaptive, asynchronous directional transmissions within a WWAN in accordance with an example
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram illustrating a device for avoiding interference while adapting to asynchronous directional traffic at various eNodeBs in a WWN in accordance with an example.
- FIG. 14 is a block diagram of a UE in accordance with an example.
- a wireless device is a device configured to wirelessly communicate with a cellular radio tower.
- wireless devices include, but are not limited to a User Equipment (UE) and a Mobile Station (MS).
- UE User Equipment
- MS Mobile Station
- UE can be used interchangeably with the term MS, or another form of wireless device.
- a transmission point is a wireless communication device in a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) configured to communicate with a plurality of wireless devices located within a geographic region referred to as a cell.
- WWAN Wireless Wide Area Network
- Terminology used for different variations of a transmission point can include, but is not limited to, a Base Station (BS) and an evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB). The terms are used interchangeably, unless otherwise noted.
- BS or eNodeB is provided in the respective specifications, namely, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.16 and Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Long Term Evolution (LTE) specifications.
- IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project Long Term Evolution
- the term “substantially” refers to the complete or nearly complete extent or degree of an action, characteristic, property, state, structure, item, or result.
- an object that is “substantially” enclosed would mean that the object is either completely enclosed or nearly completely enclosed.
- the exact allowable degree of deviation from absolute completeness may in some cases depend on the specific context. However, generally speaking the nearness of completion will be so as to have the same overall result as if absolute and total completion were obtained.
- the use of “substantially” is equally applicable when used in a negative connotation to refer to the complete or near complete lack of an action, characteristic, property, state, structure, item, or result.
- adjacent can mean abutting, but can also mean sufficiently near that the interference between adjacent elements is a significant concern, regardless of any intervening elements.
- WWAN Wireless Wide Area Network
- TDD Time Division Duplexing
- a WWAN comprises a network that can include multiple transmission points, each covering a corresponding geographic region referred to as a cell.
- the demand for DL transmission time relative to the demand for UL transmission time, and vice versa can vary, sometimes greatly, from cell to cell.
- Cells would not be locked into timeslots for directional traffic. Instead, one cell could have an UL-DL/TDD configuration different from its neighbor, allowing it to adapt to its own directional traffic needs.
- a common UL-DL/TDD configuration is currently applied across WWANs to avoid potential interference from adjacent transmission points scheduled for differing UL and DL transmission directions.
- the WWANs can currently adapt to relative DL and UL traffic demands to form a homogeneous network, with each transmission point having the same TDD configuration, the superior efficiencies of adapting to such demands on a transmission point level can be difficult, due to the ensuing interference that can be caused by the differing configurations.
- heterogeneous deployments where low power transmission points representing small cells operate at the same or different carrier frequencies relative to high power transmission points, have opened possibilities to adapt UL-DL configurations in small cells due to much higher isolation between those cells.
- Differing directional traffic does not have the same impact between all transmission points.
- measurements of potential interference, or coupling, between pairs of transmission points can be made. Where a high potential for interference is measured between a pair of transmission points, the pair of transmission points can be coupled in a common cluster. Where adjacent clusters share one or more common transmission points, they can also be merged into a common cluster.
- the common cluster can apply a common UL-DL/TDD configuration to avoid any potential interference between the transmission points in the common cluster.
- the transmission points can be isolated in different clusters. At times, transmission points can be isolated as the single element in the cluster to which they belong. Since the potential for interference is low, different clusters can have different UL-DL/TDD configurations. As a result, UL-DL/TDD configurations can be assigned with a much improved level of granularity, paving the way for transmission points to independently adapt to changing directional traffic demands and for large improvements in the efficiency. Additional details are discussed below.
- FIG. 1 illustrates a network of evolved Node B (eNodeB) transmission points in a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) 100 , which can be an Evolved-Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN), having coverage cells with asymmetric directional traffic demands, or non-uniform cell loading.
- the WWAN comprises multiple different cells 102 - 108 . Each cell is comprised of a geographic region over which the respective eNodeB 110 a - 110 d is configured to communicate with wireless mobile devices 112 a - 112 d.
- E-UTRAN Evolved-Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
- the eNodeBs 110 a - 110 d of the various cells 102 - 108 are configured to support both Up Link (UL) and Down Link (DL) transmissions from and to one or more units of User Equipment (UE) 112 a - 112 d within the various corresponding cells.
- UE User Equipment
- the WWAN 100 uses Time Division Duplexing (TDD) to separate transmissions from the eNodeBs to UEs, referred to as DL transmissions, and transmissions from the UEs to the eNodeBs, referred to as UL transmissions.
- TDD can be used to assign UL and DL transmissions to different timeslots.
- the interference may be caused by a relatively high power signal from a DL transmission that interferes with a lower power signal from an UL transmission (i.e. that has an opposite direction from the DL transmission within substantially the same time period).
- Each cell 102 - 108 contains a number of arrows to and from various UEs 112 a - 112 d located within each cell.
- the thin, dashed arrows pointing toward the eNodeBs 110 a - 110 d represent an average amount of time spent in UL transmission for a given time.
- the thick, solid arrows pointing away from the eNodeBs to the UEs represent an average amount of time spent in DL transmission for the given time. Therefore, the relative number of UL arrows to DL arrows depicts the relative amount of directional traffic demands, in terms of DL and UL transmissions, that each cell 102 - 108 experiences over the given amount of time.
- Two of the cells depicted 102 , 108 experience a markedly greater load of DL traffic relative to the two other cells depicted 104 , 106 .
- each cell can experience different amounts of DL and UL directional traffic. Therefore, efficient use of temporal resources would dictate the use by each cell of a different amount of timeslots dedicated to UL transmissions and to DL transmissions.
- the allocation of different numbers of timeslots to DL and UL directional traffic for a given amount of time is defined as an UL-DL configuration and/or a TDD configuration.
- FIG. 2 depicts two types of interference that can occur between cells with asynchronous UL-DL/TDD configurations.
- a wireless communication environment 200 is illustrated with a first eNodeB 202 and a second eNodeB 204 is shown.
- the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB are depicted as MaCro-Node (MCN) eNodeBs, depending on the embodiment, either the first eNodeB, the second eNodeB, or both can also be a Low Power Node (LPN).
- MCN MaCro-Node
- LPN Low Power Node
- An LPN can comprise one of one of a micro cell, a pico cell, a femto cell, a home eNodeB cell (HeNB), a Remote Radio Head (RRH), a Remote Radio Equipment (RRE), a repeater, or another type of transmission point having a lower power than is typically used at a MCN.
- the first eNodeB 202 transmits a DL transmission 206 to a first UE 208 associated with the first eNodeB.
- the second eNodeB is scheduled to receive an UL transmission 210 from a second UE 212 associated with the second eNodeB.
- the direction of transmission between the first eNodeB 202 may differ from that of the second eNodeB 204 because the direction of transmission at the two eNodeBs is determined by different UL-DL/TDD configurations 216 , 218 .
- the direction of transmission for timeslots at the first eNodeB is determined by a first UL-DL/TDD configuration 216
- the direction of transmission for timeslots at the second eNodeB 218 is determined by a second UL-DL/TDD configuration.
- the first and second UL-DL/TDD configurations 216 , 218 are divided up into 10 different sub-frames ( 0 - 9 ).
- a sub-frame corresponds to an amount of time, i.e., a time slot, for which a transmission point, such as an eNodeB, is scheduled for a single direction of traffic, whether UL or DL.
- the first eNodeB 202 is scheduled for downlink transmission according to the first UL-DL/TDD configuration 216 .
- a first type of interference 220 is depicted with a large ‘X’ where the bold, solid arrow representing the DL transmission 206 from the first eNodeB 202 crosses the thin, dashed arrow representing the UL transmission 210 from the second UE 212 associated with the second eNodeB 204 .
- the UL transmission is also represented by the curved wave lines emanating from the second UE.
- the DL transmission from the first eNodeB interferers with UL transmissions that the second eNodeB is scheduled to receive.
- this first type of interference 220 is referred to herein as transmission-point-to-transmission-point interference and/or eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference. Due to the power levels at which eNodeBs commonly transmit DL transmissions, this first type of interference can be the most problematic, as indicated by the large size of the ‘X, in FIG. 2 . Indeed, the received power of the useful signal from the second UE 212 can often be lower than the power of the interference from the DL transmission. This can make it difficult or impossible for the UL transmission to be received at the second eNodeB.
- a second type of interference 222 is also depicted in FIG. 2 with a smaller ‘X’ where the curved wave lines emanating from the second UE 212 associated with UL transmission 210 from the second eNodeB 204 cross the bold, solid arrow representing the DL transmission 206 from the first eNodeB 202 .
- the UL transmission is also represented by the thin, dashed arrow.
- This second type of interference arises from the interference caused by the UL transmission from the second UE with the DL transmission from the first eNodeB 202 as it is received by the first UE 208 associated with the first eNodeB.
- this second type of interference is referred to herein as wireless-mobile-device-to-wireless-mobile-device interference and/or UE-to-UE interference.
- UEs commonly transmit at lower powers than eNodeBs, due to UL power control that compensates for pathloss propagation, in certain scenarios UE-to-UE interference can arise where a UE engaged in UL transmission, corresponding to the second UE in FIG. 2 , is sufficiently close to a DL receiving UE, corresponding to the first UE in FIG. 2 .
- such distances may be measured in tens to hundreds of meters. Therefore, UE-to-UE interference is depicted with a smaller ‘X.’
- the conflicts between transmission directions arising from the use of the first UL-DL/TDD configuration 216 and the second UL-DL/TDD configuration 218 by two adjacent eNodeBs 202 , 204 provide only some examples of instances where such conflicts can arise.
- Several other examples can be demonstrated from the table 224 of possible UL-DL/TDD configurations depicted in FIG. 2 .
- the possibilities arising from the table are not intended to be limiting.
- a number of different UL-DL/TDD configurations may, or may not, be used that are not depicted in the table, depending on network configuration, network usage load, and other features, as can be appreciated.
- the table merely depicts UL-DL/TDD configurations specified for Release 9 of the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Long Term Evolution (LTE) standards.
- 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- each configuration of the seven UL-DL/TDD configurations occupies a frame, which corresponds to 10 ms of transmission time. After the time required for frame transmission elapses, a chosen UL-DL/TDD configuration can be repeated, or a new one chosen.
- Each frame can comprise ten, 1 ms sub-frames. Each sub-frame can correspond to a timeslot.
- each sub-frame can be allocated for either UL transmission, indicated in FIG. 2 with a ‘U,’ or DL transmission, indicated by a ‘D.’
- Certain sub-frames can also be allocated for special transmission periods, indicated by an ‘S,’ such as those for Downlink Pilot Timeslot (DwPTS), Guard Period (GP), and Uplink Pilot Timeslot UpPTS transmissions.
- DwPTS Downlink Pilot Timeslot
- GP Guard Period
- Uplink Pilot Timeslot UpPTS transmissions Uplink Pilot Timeslot UpPTS transmissions.
- each UL-DL/TDD configuration corresponds to a different pattern of DL and UL transmission allocations with differing amounts of allocations for UL transmissions relative to DL transmissions. These differing patterns lead to the potential for interference between adjacent cells with eNodeBs with differing TDD configurations.
- FIG. 3 a provides a chart 300 with the Cumulative Distribution Functions (CDF) of Signal to Interference and Noise Ratios (SINR) for DL reception at a UE where UE-to-UE interference is an issue.
- CDF Cumulative Distribution Functions
- SINR Signal to Interference and Noise Ratios
- the CDFs provide results from a study performed by the 3GPP reported in R4-120837, “DL-UL interference analysis for single operator macro-outdoor pico deployment scenario in adjacent channel,” INTEL CORP., February 2012.
- the CDFs result from simulations of different levels of conflicting transmission directions in a network with LPNs comprising pico cells.
- the simulations involve four LPNs that are randomly distributed apart from one another.
- the CDF corresponding to the solid curve reports the case where all pico cells are engaged in DL transmission.
- the dotted curve corresponds to the CDF where half of the pico cells are engaged in UL transmission and half are engaged in DL transmission.
- the CDF corresponding to the dashed curve reports the case where half of the pico cells are engaged in DL transmission and half are turned off.
- the CDF corresponding to the mixed, dashed-and-dotted curve reports the case where half of the pico cells are engaged in UL transmission and half are turned off.
- SINR is measured at a UE that receives DL transmission from the LPN. Where all the LPNs are also engaged in DL transmission (solid curve), the DL transmissions from the LPNs interfere at the UE side. Therefore, the CDF for this scenario represents the lowest SINRs.
- the SINR of the CDF stays low even when half of the LPNs are switched from DL transmission to UL transmission (dotted line).
- the contribution of UE-to-UE interference can be seen when the scenario with 50% DL LPN transmission and 50% UL LPN transmission (dotted curve) is compared to the scenario with 50% DL LPN transmission and 50% of the LPNs turned off (dashed curve), for which SINR values in the corresponding CDF are slightly higher.
- the final CDF, for the scenario, with 50% UL LPN transmission and 50% of the LPNs turned off corresponds to the highest values for SINR.
- FIG. 3 b provides CDFs 302 of SINR for UL reception at an eNodeB where eNodeB-to-eNode interference is an issue.
- the CDFs report results for the study performed by the 3GPP reported in R4-120837, as discussed above.
- reports of various CDFs with respect to SINR, measured in dB are provided according to different levels of conflicting transmission directions in a network with LPNs comprising pico cells.
- LPNs comprising pico cells.
- four LPNs are randomly distributed apart from one another within the coverage area of an MCN eNodeB.
- the CDF corresponding to the solid, bold curve reports the case where half of the pico cells are engaged in UL transmission and half are engaged in DL transmission.
- the dashed curve corresponds to the CDF where half of the pico cells are engaged in DL transmission and half are turned off.
- the CDF corresponding to the solid, plain curve reports the case where all pico cells are engaged in UL transmission.
- the dotted curve represents the CDF for the case where half of the pico cells are engaged in UL transmission and half are turned off.
- eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference can be seen clearly in the various CDFs depicted in FIG. 3 a .
- SINR is measured at the eNodeB receiving UL transmission from a UE within the MCN's coverage area.
- this eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference 220 can take the power associated with the useful signal below the power associated with noise and interference.
- the CDFs manifesting eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference both involve scenarios where DL transmissions interfere with the UL transmission.
- the most pronounced interference arises in the scenario with 50% of the LPNs engaged in DL transmission and 50% engaged in UL transmission (solid, bold curve).
- the interference remains strong, albeit slightly reduced, for the scenario with 50% of the LPNs engaged in DL transmission and 50% are turned off (dashed curve), presumably reducing UL-to-UL interference.
- SINR small noise-to-UL interference
- FIG. 4 illustrates different levels of coupling interference that can result from asynchronous transmission.
- the term coupling interference, coupling level, and/or interference level refers to a measurement of a DL transmission by one eNodeB/transmission point at another eNodeB/transmission point.
- the level of coupling interference that is measured can be indicative of the potential for eNodeB-to-eNodeB and UE-to-UE interference that differing transmission directions between the two eNodeBs can cause.
- asynchronous traffic refers to differing directional transmission across transmission points within a WWAN 400 .
- the differing levels of coupling interference can be leveraged to improve the efficiency with which directional transmission timeslots are allocated within the WWAN in ways that allow different transmission points to adapt to differing directional traffic needs with respect to time and spatial region.
- FIG. 4 Three different eNodeBs, or transmission points, 402 , 404 , and 406 , are depicted in FIG. 4 . Although only three eNodeBs are depicted, any number of eNodeBs can be involved. Also, although the eNodeBs are depicted as LPNs, any combination of LPNs and MCNs are possible.
- the first eNodeB 402 in the example of FIG. 4 has a corresponding cell 408 defined by a coverage area 408 with multiple UEs therein. An example UE 414 is labeled to indicate the appearance of UEs in the figure.
- the second eNodeB 404 also has a corresponding cell 410 defined by a coverage area with multiple UEs therein.
- the third eNodeB 406 also has a corresponding cell 412 defined by a coverage area with multiple UEs therein.
- a relatively strong level of coupling interference 416 exists between the first eNodeB 402 and the second eNodeB 404 .
- a relatively weak level of coupling interference 418 exists between the first eNodeB 402 and the third eNodeB 406 .
- another relatively low level of coupling interference 420 also exists between the second eNodeB 404 and the third eNodeB 406 .
- the first eNodeB 402 can measure a unit of coupling information, make a coupling measurement, or determine a coupling level between the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB 404 .
- the measurement can be based on DL transmission from the second eNodeB, such as the measurement of a pathgain from one or more reference signals in the DL transmission. Cell-specific reference signals, channel state information reference signals, or other signals can be used to measure pathgain. Based on such measurements, transmit power reduction can be applied between cells in order to reduce coupling and make those cells more isolated in the sense that opposite transmission direction does not deteriorate their performance.
- RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
- RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
- a clustering determination can be made based on the measured unit of coupling information. Where the measured unit of coupling information indicates a high level of coupling interference 416 between the first eNodeB 402 and the second eNodeB 404 , a determination can be made to cluster the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB for purposes of UL-DL/TDD configuration. Where the coupling information indicates a relatively low level of coupling interference, a determination can be made that the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB are sufficiently isolated to have different UL-DL/TDD configurations in the different clusters to which they below.
- a determination on which transmission points can be clustered together to reduce undesirable levels of coupling interference and which transmission points can maintain a different TDD configuration, due to relatively low levels of coupling interference, can be made on the basis of one or more conditions being met.
- a first condition can be that a performance of the first eNodeB is not substantially degraded by a transmission direction of an adjacent eNodeB.
- a second condition can be that a change of the transmission direction of the adjacent eNodeB does not substantially degrade the performance of the first eNodeB.
- substantial degradation can be identified relative to a selected coupling threshold level value.
- a coupling threshold level can be determined by an estimate of a level of inter-cell interference calculated from the unit of coupling information where a transmission power of the adjacent eNodeB is known.
- coupling interference can be determined based on an average power of a useful UL signal, measured in a time slot when UEs are scheduled for UL transmission to the measuring eNodeB.
- the cluster threshold can be determined based on an average level of UL measurements from multiple eNodeBs. Other approaches for selecting a coupling threshold level are also possible, as can be appreciated.
- a determination that the first eNodeB 402 and the second eNodeB 404 can be isolated due to a relatively low level of coupling interference can result in configuring the first eNodeB with a first UL-DL/TDD configuration independent from a potentially differing UL-DL/TDD configuration for the second eNodeB.
- the ability to assign differing UL-DL/TDD configurations can increases the efficiency with which timeslots are scheduled for directional traffic.
- a determination has been made to cluster the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB 404 they can be configured with a common UL-DL/TDD configuration.
- the common UL-DL/TDD configuration can mitigate eNodeB-to-eNodeB and UE-to-UE interference where a measurement indicating a relatively high level of coupling indicates that these forms of interference could be a problem.
- Coordination of the common UL-DL/TDD configuration can occur over a backhaul link 422 between the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB.
- the backhaul link between the eNodeBs may be preexisting or established or modified on the basis of the determination.
- the coordination can be achieved over an X2 interface as defined in one or more of the standards for 3GPP LTE Release 8, Release 9, Release 10 and Release 11.
- one eNodeB controls several cells it can be implemented in a vendor-specific protocol.
- the first eNodeB 402 and the second eNodeB 404 are included in a common cluster 424 .
- Both eNodeBs in the common cluster can be configured with a common UL-DL/TDD configuration 426 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 3 in the table 224 provided in FIG. 2 ), for which additional eNodeBs could also be configured if they were assigned to the same cluster.
- the third eNodeB 406 has relatively low coupling interferences 418 , 420 between the third eNodeB and the first eNodeB 402 and the second eNodeB 402 . Accordingly, the third eNodeB can be isolated in its own cluster 228 . Since it is isolated in its own cluster, the third eNodeB can have a different UL-DL/TDD configuration, such as the different isolated UL-DL/TDD configuration 430 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 4 in the table 224 provided in FIG. 2 ) for the isolated cluster depicted in FIG. 4 .
- the UEs within the third coverage area 412 corresponding to the isolated cluster 428 are engaged in UL transmission 432 .
- the first eNodeB 402 and the second eNodeB 404 within the first coverage area 408 and the second coverage area 412 respectively of the common cluster 418 are engaged in DL transmission 434 .
- the differing directional transmission traffic demands within the two clusters can be efficiently accommodated with differing UL-DL/TDD configurations without leading to unacceptable eNodeB-to-eNodeB and UE-to-UE interference problems.
- these UL-DL/TDD configurations 426 , 430 can be changed independently in near real time to adapt to changing directional traffic demands within the two clusters that can be constantly monitored.
- FIG. 5 depicts the formation of multiple clusters based on coupling levels between transmission points.
- the term ‘coupling level’ refers to a measurement of potential interference.
- Five different LPN eNodeBs 502 a - e with their corresponding coverage areas 504 a - e are depicted in FIG. 5 . However, any number of eNodeBs and combinations of LPNs and MCNs are possible. Additionally, a coupling level between each pair of eNodeBs is also depicted. Coupling levels above a coupling threshold are depicted by solid, bold arrows 508 , 510 .
- Coupling levels that are not above the coupling threshold are depicted as thin, dashed arrows.
- the coupling threshold is set at a predetermined level at which the potential for eNodeB-to-eNodeB and UE-to-UE interference can begin to be a problem, with some possible considerations discussed previously.
- the two coupling levels above a coupling threshold 508 , 510 can be the basis for forming a first cluster 512 with the first eNodeB 502 a and the second eNodeB 502 b and a second cluster 514 with the fourth eNodeB 502 d and the fifth eNodeB 502 e. Since there is no coupling level above the coupling threshold between the third eNodeB 502 c and any other eNodeB, a third cluster 516 , with a single eNodeB, can be formed.
- Each cluster can have a different UL-DL/TDD configuration, as indicated by the first UL-DL/TDD configuration 518 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 4 in the table 224 provided in FIG. 2 ) for the first cluster 512 , the second UL-DL/TDD configuration 520 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 3 in the table 224 provided in FIG. 2 ), for the second cluster 514 , and the third UL-DL/TDD configuration 522 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 6 in the table 224 provided in FIG. 2 ), for the third cluster 516 .
- the first UL-DL/TDD configuration 518 corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 4 in the table 224 provided in FIG. 2
- the second UL-DL/TDD configuration 520 corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 3 in the table 224 provided in FIG. 2
- the third UL-DL/TDD configuration 522 corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration
- the three clusters are depicted at the fifth timeslot/sub-frame (labeled # 4 ), where potential conflicts in directional traffic exist, but interference problems are mitigated by the formation of different clusters. Potential conflicts also exist on the eighth and ninth sub-frames (labeled # 7 and # 8 respectively).
- the formation of several different clusters allows the WWAN 500 to adapt in near real time to differing directional transmission traffic loads within the different clusters. Differing traffic loads are depicted by differing numbers of arrows from UEs to eNodeBs and from eNodeBs to UEs depicting differing relative demands for UL and DL transmissions respectively.
- An example UE 506 is labeled to indicate the appearance of additional UEs in the figure.
- the various UL-DL/TDD configurations 518 , 520 , and 522 are tailored to meet these demands for UL and DL transmissions.
- eNodeBs can communicate their directional traffic needs between one another over low-latency backhaul infrastructure.
- Individual eNodeBs within a cluster can be configured to send traffic direction information about traffic direction needs and receive such traffic direction information.
- Decisions about a common UL-DL/TDD configuration or a restricted set of UL-DL configurations for a cluster 512 , 514 , and 516 can be made on the basis of joint UL and DL needs throughout the cluster and/or splitting differences between UL and DL traffic demands at individual eNodeBs in the cluster.
- UL-DL/TDD configurations can be made at individual eNodeBs and/or at a network level. Where determinations are made at a network level, information used to make such determinations can be communicated to the network level over an S1 interface, as described in any combination of Release 8, Release 9, Release 10, and Release 11 of the 3GPP LTE specifications. Determinations for UL-DL/TDD configurations for different clusters can be constantly made and updated independent of one another to respond to dynamically changing directional traffic loads monitored within individual clusters.
- FIG. 6 illustrates the merger of clusters to form a larger cluster, with potential sub-clusters.
- LPN eNodeBs 602 a - e which can represent any number of eNodeBs and combinations of LPNs and MCNs, with their corresponding coverage areas are depicted in FIG. 6 .
- coupling levels between pairs of eNodeBs are also depicted, where solid, bold arrows 604 , 606 , 608 , represent coupling levels above a coupling threshold and thin, dashed arrows represent coupling levels that are not above the coupling threshold.
- three clusters can be formed: a first cluster 612 between the first eNodeB 602 a and the second eNodeB 602 b; a second cluster 614 between the third eNodeB 602 c and the fourth eNodeB 602 d; and, a fifth cluster 616 between the fourth eNodeB 602 d and the fifth eNodeB 602 e.
- the second cluster and the third cluster share a common eNodeB, the fourth eNodeB 602 d. Therefore, to avoid potential eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference, the second and third clusters can be merged 618 .
- a merger determination can be made in response to an eNodeB list communicated over backhaul infrastructure, such as an X2 interface and an S1 interface, from one or more adjacent clusters.
- the eNodeB list can include a list of eNodeBs within a cluster such that the presence of one or more common/intersection eNodeBs between clusters can be determined.
- a determination to merge clusters can be made. Where there are not one or more common/intersection eNodeBs present, a determination to leave the clusters unaltered may be made, depending on potential coupling threshold level values.
- the merger process can also be performed in reverse. Where one or more common eNodeBs no longer connects portions of a larger cluster, according to an updated measurement, the larger cluster can be divided into smaller clusters. Conversely, where the one or more previously common eNodeBs again become active in ways that justify reconnecting the larger cluster, the cluster should be reformed.
- a potential for sub-clustering can be capitalized upon.
- both the third eNodeB 602 c and the fifth eNodeB 602 e share coupling levels 608 , 610 above a coupling threshold with the fourth eNodeB 602 e
- another coupling level 624 between the third and fifth eNodeBs is below the coupling threshold, as indicated by the thin, dashed arrow. Since the fourth eNodeB 602 d is still shared in common, the third and fourth eNodeBs belong to the same cluster 622 . However, due to the low coupling level between the third and the fifth eNodeBs, small variations can be appropriate in the configurations of the third and fifth eNodeBs for different scenarios.
- One such scenario can include a scenario where the forth eNodeB 602 d is scheduled to transmit an Almost Blank Sub-frame (ABS).
- Other non-limiting scenarios include scenarios where the fourth eNodeB is configured to engage in beam forming and/or power reduction during certain timeslots/sub-frames.
- the third eNodeB 602 c and the fifth eNodeB 602 e can engage in transmissions with conflicting directions, because of the relatively low coupling level 624 between them. Therefore, the merged, larger cluster 624 can be divided into sub-clusters, which can have different UL-DL/TDD configurations on sub-frames for scenarios similar to those described above.
- FIG. 6 depicts such sub-clusters in terms of a first sub-cluster 626 for the third eNodeB and a second sub-cluster 628 for the fourth eNodeB.
- the sub-clusters in FIG. 6 only comprise one eNodeB, multiple eNodeB within a single sub-cluster are also possible.
- FIG. 7 provides a flowchart depicting a process 700 for cluster formation consistent with one example.
- the process comprises measuring 710 a unit of coupling information between two transmission points/eNodeBs.
- the coupling measurement can be made on one eNodeB based on a portion of a DL transmission from an adjacent eNodeB.
- the coupling information can take any of the forms described above in addition to metrics apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- a coupling threshold is then determined 720 .
- the coupling threshold can be determined based on a useful signal power estimate generated from measurements of UL transmissions from eNodeBs within the coverage area of a particular eNodeB.
- a coupling threshold value is received over a backhaul link, or retrieved from memory.
- other approaches are discussed in this specification and will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the process 700 continues by making a clustering determination 730 .
- the step of making a clustering determination can be broken out into a sub-routine 730 involving comparing 732 the unit of coupling information to the coupling threshold.
- a decision 734 can then be made as to whether a coupling metric related to the coupling information, such as a pathgain in one non-limiting example, is below a coupling threshold. If the answer is yes, a determination 736 is made that the measuring eNodeB can be isolated 736 in a different cluster from the adjacent eNodeB. Where the answer is no, a determination 738 can be made that the pair of eNodeBs can be combined in a common cluster.
- the clustering determination sub-routine 730 is complete.
- the method 700 then continues by carrying out 740 one of the determinations 736 , 738 , as indicated by the determination sub-routine, making that sure the measuring eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are in the right cluster or clusters relative to one another. The process can then continue for another pair of eNodeBs in a WWAN.
- FIG. 8 provides a chart 800 illustrating a tradeoff between improvements to SINR resulting from clustering and directional traffic adaptation capabilities.
- the CDFs with respect to SINR measured in dBs, are provided for a study of several different coupling thresholds. These CDFs report SINR for a scenario similar to the one described above in FIG. 3 b , but for which more LPNs, comprising pico cells, are distributed in the coverage area of a MCN where SINR of UL transmissions from a UE in the coverage area are measured. Also, instead of directional traffic being set at a granularity of individual LPNs, transmission direction is determined for entire clusters.
- the chart 800 reports the study results for a scenario where 50% of the LPNs are engaged in UL transmission and 50% of the clusters are engaged in DL transmission.
- the CDF with respect to SINR is reported for various coupling thresholds in the table.
- the coupling threshold can, as discussed above, determine whether one transmission point can be isolated from another so that it can independently adapt to the directional traffic needs within its coverage area.
- eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference can be deemed to be sufficiently great not to allow the pair of eNodeBs for which the measurement was made to be isolated in different clusters with different directional traffic.
- the coupling metric for a coupling measurement is below the coupling threshold, the pair of eNodeBs can be allowed to adapt independently to the directional traffic loads which they experience.
- the determination of the coupling threshold can involve a tradeoff between traffic adaption, associated with many clusters and small numbers of eNodeBs therein, and avoiding eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference, and/or UR-to-UR interference. This tradeoff is demonstrated in the chart 800 and its accompanying graphs 804 , 806 .
- Table 802 indicates that the long-dashed curve reports the CDF with respect to SINR for the scenario where no clustering is allowed. (This scenario is similar to the scenario depicted by the bold, solid curve in FIG. 3 b .)
- the solid, bold cure depicts the results for the highest coupling threshold value of ⁇ 60 dB, which refers to a value for a measured path gain.
- ⁇ 60 dB refers to a value for a measured path gain.
- other coupling metrics are possible in alternative embodiments. Results are also reported for coupling thresholds of ⁇ 70 dB (short-dashed curve), ⁇ 80 dB (dotted curve), and ⁇ 90 dB (solid curve), which is the lowest coupling threshold value.
- a CDF of cluster size in terms of eNodeBs in a given cluster, is provided in a first graph 804 for the highest clustering threshold of ⁇ 60 dB.
- a second graph 806 provides the CDF for the lowest clustering threshold of ⁇ 90 dB.
- a raised clustering threshold allows more eNodeBs to be isolated from one another in more clusters of smaller sizes.
- the first graph for the highest clustering threshold reports a CDF with over 90% of clusters including a single eNodeB. Almost each transmission point, therefore, would be allowed to independently adapt to the directional traffic demands placed upon it.
- the relatively high value for the coupling threshold as indicated by the chart 800 does not do much to improve SINR, meaning the eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference can be problems.
- a coupling threshold of ⁇ 90 dB prevents more eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference, placing a greater restriction on transmission points that can have different directional traffic.
- chart 800 indicates that SINR is greatly improved.
- the second graph 806 corresponding to this low coupling threshold shows that fewer clusters are formed and those clusters tend to have more eNodeBs within them. For example, only about 65% of transmission points are able to independently adapt to directional traffic demands, making the network as a whole less capable of adapting to these demands.
- the coupling threshold is an optimization parameter.
- the optimization parameter can be optimized for a particular WWAN in terms of competing needs to avoid eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference on one side and to adapt to directional traffic demands on the other side.
- such optimization can be automated based on feedback.
- Such feedback can include, by way of example and not limitation, feedback about throughput, a pathgain measurement, SINR, directional traffic loading at one or more transmission points, and/or one or more coupling levels.
- FIG. 9 provides a pair of charts 902 , 904 demonstrating the improvements in DL and UL throughputs that clustering achieves.
- the first chart 902 provides several CDFs, corresponding to various coupling thresholds, plotted with respect to packet throughput, in Mega bits per second (Mbps), received at a UE during DL transmission from a transmission point.
- the second chart 904 provides several CDFs for the same coupling thresholds, plotted with respect to packet throughput, in Mbps, received at a transmission point from a UE during UL transmission.
- the various threshold values for the various CDF curves in both charts are provided in the threshold table 906 .
- the CDFs plotted in the charts 902 , 904 report simulations similar to those discussed above with respect to FIG. 3 and FIG. 8 .
- FTP File Transfer Protocol
- the solid curve reports the case where UL-DL/TDD configurations are changed semi-statically, measured in minutes and hours, across the network in accordance to existing TDD technologies.
- the long-dashed curves depict the results for a coupling threshold of ⁇ 90 dB, which refers to a value for a measured path gain.
- ⁇ 90 dB refers to a value for a measured path gain.
- results are also reported for coupling thresholds of ⁇ 80 dB (dotted curve), and ⁇ 70 dB (short-dashed curve).
- a mixed, dashed-and-dotted curve is provided to indicate what the CDFs for packet throughput would be in a hypothetical case if each transmission point could adapt independently to directional traffic needs without worrying about interference.
- the packet throughputs are increased by almost 10 Mbps for the DL reception at a UE and by more than 5 Mbps at the UL reception at the transmission point. Therefore, the proposed approaches to interference management can be used to resolve the eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference problems. Furthermore, the proposed solutions are applicable for different types of deployment scenarios.
- FIG. 10 depicts a flowchart for a particular clustering method 1000 for interference management in a wireless network with different UL and DL time timeslots and adaptive, asynchronous directional traffic resource allocation consistent with an example.
- the method can, but need not necessarily, be embedded in a computer program product comprising a non-transitory computer usable medium.
- the computer readable medium can have a computer readable program code embodied therein.
- the computer readable program code can be adapted to be executed to implement instructions for the method.
- the method comprises measuring 1010 , at a first eNodeB, a unit of coupling information between the first eNodeB and an adjacent eNodeB.
- the unit of coupling information is used to make a clustering determination.
- the clustering determination can be a first determination that the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB belong in a common cluster.
- the clustering determination can be a second determination that the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are isolated, meaning they can be in different clusters.
- the method 1000 further comprises configuring 1030 the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB with a common UL-DL configuration.
- the method further comprises configuring 1030 the first eNodeB with a first UL-DL configuration independently from a potentially differing UL-DL configuration pertaining to the adjacent eNodeB.
- making the clustering determination further comprises reaching the first determination where at least one of a first condition and a second condition is met.
- the first condition is that a performance of the first eNodeB is not substantially degraded by a transmission direction of the adjacent eNodeB.
- the second condition is that a change of the transmission direction of the adjacent eNodeB does not substantially degrade the performance of the first eNodeB. If the right combination of these two conditions is not met, the second determination is reached.
- a coupling metric is selected to characterize the unit of coupling information.
- a coupling threshold is also used to determine that the performance of the first eNodeB is substantially degraded where the unit of coupling information is either at or above the coupling threshold for the coupling metric. Otherwise, a determination is made that the first eNodeB is not substantially degraded where the unit of coupling information is below the coupling threshold for the coupling metric.
- Such embodiments can further comprise determining the coupling threshold based on one of several different possibilities.
- One example of such a possibility is an estimate of a level of inter-cell interference calculated from the unit of coupling information where a transmission power of the adjacent eNodeB is known.
- Another example is an average power of a useful UL signal.
- Yet another example is an average level of uplink inter-cell interference where all eNodeBs in the common cluster operate to receive uplink transmission.
- Certain embodiments can comprise merging the common cluster with a second cluster.
- the clusters are merged in such embodiments where the common cluster and the second cluster have at least one eNodeB in common. This one or more eNodeBs couple the common and adjacent clusters.
- certain embodiments can comprise dividing a merged cluster into sub-clusters. This division can take place where one or more adapted eNodeBs within the merged cluster can adapt to changing traffic demands in a manner such that the following scenario is met.
- the scenario is that the first condition and the second condition, as discussed above, no longer obtain between the one or more adapted eNodeBs and one or more additional eNodeBs in the merged cluster.
- each sub-cluster can apply a different UL-DL configuration.
- the method 1000 can further comprise adapting a UL-DL configuration in substantially real-time to changing uplink and downlink traffic demands at any of the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB.
- the adapted UL-DL configuration can pertain to the common UL-DL configuration where the first determination, discussed above, has been made.
- the changing uplink and downlink traffic demands can be communicated between eNodeBs in the common cluster over a low-latency backhaul infrastructure.
- the adapted UL-DL configuration can pertain to the he first TDD configuration where the second determination, discussed above, has been made.
- the method 1000 can also further comprise communicating at least one of UL and DL traffic needs between the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB in the common cluster over a low-latency backhaul infrastructure.
- the method can further comprise determining at least one of the common UL-DL configuration and a restricted set of UL-DL configurations for the common UL-DL configuration. This determination can be made on the basis of at least one of joint UL and DL needs throughout the common cluster. The determination can also be made by splitting a difference between UL and DL traffic demands at the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB in the common cluster.
- FIG. 11 illustrates a device 1102 operating at an illuminated/first eNodeB 1104 that is illuminated by a DL transmission 1106 from a transmit/adjacent eNodeB 1108 .
- the device can reside at a network level, such as within the Evolved Packet Core (EPC) or via an external network connected to the EPC via a Packet Data Network Gateway (PDN-GW).
- EPC Evolved Packet Core
- PDN-GW Packet Data Network Gateway
- the device for adapting to asymmetric UL and DL traffic loads in a WWAN in accordance with another example, can include various modules. Such modules can include a coupling measurement module 1110 , an analysis module 1120 , a configuration module 1130 , and a communication module 1140 .
- the coupling measurement module 1110 can be configured to make a coupling measurement on a DL transmission from an adjacent eNodeB to the first eNodeB.
- the analysis module 1120 can be in communication with the coupling measurement module. Additionally, the analysis module can be configured to compare the coupling measurement to a coupling threshold. Where the coupling measurement is at or above the coupling threshold, the analysis module determines that the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are coupled. Where the coupling measurement is below the coupling threshold, the analysis module determines that the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are isolated.
- the configuration module 1130 can be in communication with the analysis module 1120 . Additionally, the configuration module can be configured to identify a common UL-DL configuration where the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are coupled. The configuration module can also identify a first UL-DL configuration for the first eNodeB independently of a second UL-DL configuration for the adjacent eNodeB where the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are isolated.
- the device 1102 can also include a communication module 1140 , in communication with the configuration module 1130 .
- the communication module can be configured to send traffic direction information about traffic direction needs at the first eNodeB to the adjacent eNodeB. It can also be configured to receive traffic direction information about traffic direction needs at the adjacent eNodeB.
- an update module 1132 can be provided in communication with the configuration module 1130 . Where the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are coupled in the common cluster, the update module can be configured to update the common UL-DL configuration to adapt in substantially real time to changing traffic direction needs at both the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB. Where the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are isolated, the update module can update the first TDD configuration independently of the second TDD configuration to adapt in real time to changing traffic direction needs at the first eNodeB.
- a calculation module 1122 in communication with the analysis module 1120 , can also be provided.
- the calculation module can be configured to calculate the coupling threshold. This calculation can be performed on the basis of estimating a level of DL inter-cell interference by analyzing a coupling metric in terms of the coupling measurement and a transmission power of the adjacent eNodeB. The calculation can also be performed on the basis of useful signal powers associated with multiple user terminals associated with the first eNodeB. Additionally, among other approaches, the calculation may be made on the basis of UL inter-cell interference associated with multiple deployed eNodeBs during a time where all eNodeBs operate to receive uplink transmission.
- some embodiments can include an optimization module 1124 in communication with the calculation module 1122 .
- the optimization module can be configured to optimize the coupling threshold. Optimization within the optimization module can be based on feedback. Feedback can provide information about throughput, a path gain measurement, SINR, system traffic loading, and/or cell traffic loading information, among other possibilities.
- Some embodiments can include a merger module 1142 in communication with the communication module 1140 .
- the merger module can be configured to respond to an eNodeB list from a second cluster of coupled eNodeBs.
- the list can be used to determine a need to merge the second cluster and a first cluster to which the eNodeB belongs.
- the first cluster can be any of the common cluster and the first eNodeB in isolation.
- the merger module makes a determination to leave the first cluster unaltered.
- an isolation module 1144 in communication with the communication module 1140 , can be included is some embodiments.
- the isolation module 1144 can be configured to indicate when a second cluster and an isolated eNodeB belonging to the common cluster can have a UL-DL configuration distinct from the common UL-DL configuration of the common cluster. The ability to have different UL-DL configurations can be due to changing transmission patterns.
- FIG. 12 depicts a flowchart for a particular clustering method 1200 for mitigating interference during adaption to asymmetric downlink transmission among multiple eNodeBs, in accordance with an example.
- the method can, but need not necessarily, be embedded in a computer program product comprising a non-transitory computer usable medium.
- the computer readable medium can have a computer readable program code embodied therein.
- the computer readable program code can be adapted to be executed to implement instructions for the method.
- the computer program product can reside on one or more of an MCN, an LPN, and a network level entity.
- the method 1200 can comprise determining 1210 a coupling level between a first eNodeB and each of at least one additional eNodeB.
- the method can proceed by clustering 1220 the first eNodeB with any eNodeB from the at least one additional eNodeB with a corresponding coupling level greater than a coupling threshold.
- the clustering can create a common cluster.
- the common cluster can include one of only the first eNodeB, the first eNodeB and one additional eNodeB, and the first eNodeB and multiple additional eNodeBs.
- An additional step can involve setting 1230 a common TDD configuration for the common cluster.
- the common cluster comprises at least one additional eNodeB in addition to the first eNodeB
- such embodiments can further comprise communicating directional traffic information from the first eNodeB to the at least one additional eNodeB in the common cluster over a backhaul link.
- Such embodiments can also further comprise receiving at the first eNodeB directional traffic information over the backhaul link from the at least one additional eNodeB in the common cluster.
- Such embodiments can also further comprise monitoring the common cluster for changing directional traffic demands in the common cluster. Additionally, they can comprise adapting the common TDD configuration for the common cluster in substantially real time. These adaptations can respond to the changing directional traffic demands independently of any TDD configuration corresponding to any eNodeB outside of the common cluster.
- the coupling threshold can be calculated by using knowledge about at least one transmission power of at least one of the at least one additional eNodeBs to estimate a level of inter-cell interference.
- the coupling threshold may be calculated by averaging a plurality of useful signal powers associated with multiple eNodeBs in the common cluster.
- the coupling threshold can be calculated by averaging a plurality of levels of UL inter-cell interference associated with multiple eNodeBs in the common cluster. These levels of uplink inter-cell interference can be measured during a time where all eNodeBs in the common cluster operate to receive uplink transmission. Additional approaches to calculating the coupling threshold, apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, are possible.
- some embodiments can further comprise optimizing the coupling threshold with feedback about one or both of throughput received at the at least one additional eNodeB and a coupling level for the at least one additional eNodeB.
- the method 1200 can also further comprise acquiring a list of eNodeBs in a second cluster of eNodeBs from a contact eNodeB in the second cluster of eNodeBs.
- the second cluster of eNodeBs can have any number of member eNodeBs, including a single member eNodeB. Where the common cluster and the second cluster share an intersection eNodeB, such embodiments can further comprise merging the second cluster of eNodeBs with the common cluster for purposes of determining the common TDD configuration.
- FIG. 13 illustrates a device 1300 for avoiding interference while adapting to asynchronous directional traffic at various eNodeBs in a WWAN in accordance with another example.
- the device can operate at an eNodeB and/or at a network level.
- several modules can be included, such as an interference module 1310 , an isolation module 1320 , and a traffic response module 1330 .
- the device can reside on one or more of an MCN eNodeB, an LPN, and a network entity at a network level.
- the interference module 1310 can be configured to estimate an interference level from a DL eNodeB as received at the first eNodeB.
- the isolation module 1320 in communication with the interference module, can be configured to indicate where the interference level is sufficiently low to allow the first eNodeB to be isolated.
- An isolated first eNodeB can accommodate UL transmission while the downlink eNodeB transmits a downlink transmission.
- the isolation module can require the first eNodeB and the downlink eNodeB to be aggregated in a common cluster to synchronize or coordinate transmission directions.
- the traffic response module 1330 in communication with the isolation module, can be configured to create a TDD configuration.
- the TDD configuration can respond to directional traffic for eNodeBs associated with the first eNodeB in the common cluster. Where the first eNodeB is isolated, the TDD configuration can independently respond to directional traffic for the first eNodeB.
- a monitoring module 1332 can also be included in the device 1300 in communication with the traffic response module 1330 .
- the monitoring module can be configured to monitor directional traffic for eNodeBs associated with the first eNodeB in the common cluster where the first eNodeB belongs to the common cluster.
- directional traffic information can be communicated from at least one other eNodeB in the common cluster to the first eNodeB over a low-latency backhaul infrastructure. Where the first eNodeB is isolated, the monitoring module can monitor just the first eNodeB.
- the monitoring module can also indicate to the traffic response module when to change the TDD configuration to accommodate a change in directional traffic in substantially real time.
- the device 1300 can also include a merger module 1334 , in communication with the traffic response module 1330 .
- the merger module 1334 can be configured to include at least one of an additional eNodeB and an additional cluster to the common cluster. This addition can be made upon a determination that at least one of the additional eNodeB and the additional cluster share a common eNodeB with the common cluster.
- the device can include a balancing module, in communication with the traffic response module.
- the balance module can be configured to reconcile competing uplink and downlink directional traffic demands at different eNodeBs within the common cluster to create the TDD configuration.
- the TDD configuration can be created so as to respond to the competing traffic demands.
- Some embodiments can include an optimization module 1322 in communication with the isolation module 1320 .
- the isolation module can be configured to optimize a coupling threshold used to determine whether the first eNodeB belongs to the common cluster by monitoring the inter-cell interference level from opposite transmission directions of adjacent cells.
- the optimization module can also optimize the coupling threshold by analyzing traffic adaptation capabilities and traffic demands within a set of isolated cells and a set of common cell clusters
- FIG. 14 provides an example illustration of a mobile device, such as UE, a mobile station (MS), a mobile wireless device, a mobile communication device, a tablet, a handset, or other type of mobile wireless device.
- the mobile device can include one or more antennas configured to communicate with a base station (BS), an eNodeB, or other type of WWAN access point. While two antennas are shown, the mobile device may have between one and four or more antennas.
- the mobile device can be configured to communicate using at least one wireless communication standard including 3GPP LTE, Worldwide interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), High Speed Packet Access (HSPA), Bluetooth, WiFi, or other wireless standards.
- the mobile device can communicate using separate antennas for each wireless communication standard or shared antennas for multiple wireless communication standards.
- the mobile device can communicate in a wireless local area network (WLAN), a wireless personal area network (WPAN), and/or a WWAN.
- WLAN wireless local area network
- WPAN wireless personal area network
- WWAN
- FIG. 14 also provides an illustration of a microphone and one or more speakers that can be used for audio input and output from the mobile device.
- the display screen may be a liquid crystal display (LCD) screen, or other type of display screen such as an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display.
- the display screen can be configured as a touch screen.
- the touch screen may use capacitive, resistive, or another type of touch screen technology.
- An application processor and a graphics processor can be coupled to internal memory to provide processing and display capabilities.
- a non-volatile memory port can also be used to provide data input/output options to a user.
- the non-volatile memory port may also be used to expand the memory capabilities of the mobile device.
- a keyboard may be integrated with the mobile device or wirelessly connected to the mobile device to provide additional user input.
- a virtual keyboard may also be provided using the touch screen.
- modules may be implemented as a hardware circuit comprising custom VLSI circuits or gate arrays, off-the-shelf semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, or other discrete components.
- a module may also be implemented in programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable array logic, programmable logic devices or the like.
- Modules may also be implemented in software for execution by various types of processors.
- An identified module of executable code may, for instance, comprise one or more physical or logical blocks of computer instructions, which may, for instance, be organized as an object, procedure, or function. Nevertheless, the executables of an identified module need not be physically located together, but may comprise disparate instructions stored in different locations which, when joined logically together, comprise the module and achieve the stated purpose for the module.
- a module of executable code may be a single instruction, or many instructions, and may even be distributed over several different code segments, among different programs, and across several memory devices.
- operational data may be identified and illustrated herein within modules, and may be embodied in any suitable form and organized within any suitable type of data structure. The operational data may be collected as a single data set, or may be distributed over different locations including over different storage devices, and may exist, at least partially, merely as electronic signals on a system or network.
- the modules may be passive or active, including agents operable to perform desired functions.
- Various techniques, or certain aspects or portions thereof, may take the form of program code (i.e., instructions) embodied in tangible media, such as floppy diskettes, CD-ROMs, hard drives, or any other machine-readable storage medium wherein, when the program code is loaded into and executed by a machine, such as a computer, the machine becomes an apparatus for practicing the various techniques.
- the computing device may include a processor, a storage medium readable by the processor (including volatile and non-volatile memory and/or storage elements), at least one input device, and at least one output device.
- One or more programs that may implement or utilize the various techniques described herein may use an application programming interface (API), reusable controls, and the like.
- API application programming interface
- Such programs may be implemented in a high level procedural or object oriented programming language to communicate with a computer system.
- the program(s) may be implemented in assembly or machine language, if desired.
- the language may be a compiled or interpreted language, and combined with hardware implementations.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Graphics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
- Detection And Prevention Of Errors In Transmission (AREA)
- Communication Control (AREA)
- Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)
- Two-Way Televisions, Distribution Of Moving Picture Or The Like (AREA)
- Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)
- Radio Transmission System (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/592,598 filed Aug. 23, 2012 (attorney docket no. P45358) which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/612,188, filed Mar. 16, 2012 (attorney docket no. P44413Z) both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Many Wireless Wide Area Networks (WWAN) employ some form of Time Division Duplexing (TDD) to schedule both Down Link (DL) and Up Link (UL) traffic. In a TDD environment, DL and UL communications occur between a cellular radio tower (tower) and wireless mobile devices within a geographic area covered by the tower that is referred to as a cell. DL communications from the tower to the wireless mobile devices occur during a first set of timeslots. Conversely, UL communications from the wireless mobile devices to the tower occur during a second, non-overlapping set of timeslots. The collection of timeslots for which a tower schedules radio resources for UL and DL communications describes the UL-DL configuration, or TDD configuration, for the tower and its corresponding cell.
- Unfortunately, when differing, or asynchronous, UL-DL/TDD configurations are adopted at different transmission points within a WWAN, interference can become a problem. The DL transmission of one tower can interfere with the UL reception at another tower. Similarly, the UL transmissions of one wireless device can interfere with the DL reception at another wireless device. To avoid such interference, entire WWANs can operate synchronously, with a common UL-DL/TDD configuration.
- Features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the detailed description which follows, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, which together illustrate, by way of example, features of the invention; and, wherein:
-
FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a Wireless Wide Area Networks (WWAN) of evolved Node B (eNodeB) transmission points in an Evolved-Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN) having coverage cells with asymmetric directional traffic in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating two types of interference that can occur between cells with asynchronous Up Link (UL)-Down Link (DL)/Time Division Duplexing (TDD) configurations in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 3a is a chart depicting the Cumulative Distribution Function (CDF) of Signal to Interference and Noise Ratios (SINR) for DL reception at a UE for various levels of asynchronous transmission in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 3b is a chart depicting the CDF of SINR for UL reception at an eNodeB for various levels of asynchronous transmission in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrating the different levels of coupling interference that can result from asynchronous transmission depending on the pair of cells involved in asynchronous transmission based on asynchronous UL-DL/TDD configurations in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 5 is a block diagram illustrating the formation of different clusters of eNodeBs to reflect the different interference impacts that can result between different eNodeBs engaged in asynchronous transmission based on asynchronous UL-DL/TDD configurations in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 6 is a block diagram illustrating the formation of a sub-cluster and the merging of different clusters of eNodeBs to reflect the different interference impacts that can result between different eNodeBs engaged in asynchronous transmission in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 7 is a flowchart depicting a process for cluster formation, merger, and eNodeB isolation to accommodate adaptive, asynchronous directional transmissions within a WWAN in accordance with another example; -
FIG. 8 is a chart depicting the CDF of SINR for UL reception at an eNodeB for various cluster interference levels with two additional graphs depicting the CDF for cluster sizes for cluster interference levels of −60 dB and −90 dB, in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 9 is a pair of charts depicting the CDFs for DL and UL packet throughput for various cluster interference levels in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 10 is a flowchart depicting a clustering process to accommodate adaptive, asynchronous directional transmissions within a WWAN in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 11 is a block diagram illustrating a device operating at an eNodeB to perform measurement and other functions to form clusters allowing adaptive, asynchronous directional transmissions within a WWAN in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 12 is a flowchart depicting another generalized process for measuring interference potential to create eNodeB clusters allowing adaptive, asynchronous directional transmissions within a WWAN in accordance with an example; -
FIG. 13 is a block diagram illustrating a device for avoiding interference while adapting to asynchronous directional traffic at various eNodeBs in a WWN in accordance with an example; and, -
FIG. 14 is a block diagram of a UE in accordance with an example. - Reference will now be made to the exemplary embodiments illustrated, and specific language will be used herein to describe the same. It will nevertheless be understood that no limitation of the scope of the invention is thereby intended.
- Before the present invention is disclosed and described, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular structures, process steps, or materials disclosed herein, but is extended to equivalents thereof as would be recognized by those ordinarily skilled in the relevant arts. It should also be understood that terminology employed herein is used for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting.
- Different terminology for wireless devices is used in different specifications. As used herein, a wireless device is a device configured to wirelessly communicate with a cellular radio tower. Examples of wireless devices include, but are not limited to a User Equipment (UE) and a Mobile Station (MS). Throughout this application, the term UE can be used interchangeably with the term MS, or another form of wireless device.
- As used herein a transmission point is a wireless communication device in a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) configured to communicate with a plurality of wireless devices located within a geographic region referred to as a cell. Different terminology for transmission points is used in different wireless specifications. Terminology used for different variations of a transmission point can include, but is not limited to, a Base Station (BS) and an evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB). The terms are used interchangeably, unless otherwise noted. The actual definition of a BS or eNodeB is provided in the respective specifications, namely, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.16 and Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Long Term Evolution (LTE) specifications.
- As used herein, the term “substantially” refers to the complete or nearly complete extent or degree of an action, characteristic, property, state, structure, item, or result. For example, an object that is “substantially” enclosed would mean that the object is either completely enclosed or nearly completely enclosed. The exact allowable degree of deviation from absolute completeness may in some cases depend on the specific context. However, generally speaking the nearness of completion will be so as to have the same overall result as if absolute and total completion were obtained. The use of “substantially” is equally applicable when used in a negative connotation to refer to the complete or near complete lack of an action, characteristic, property, state, structure, item, or result.
- As used herein, the term ‘adjacent’ can mean abutting, but can also mean sufficiently near that the interference between adjacent elements is a significant concern, regardless of any intervening elements.
- Other terms may be defined elsewhere in the body of this specification.
- With respect to such clustering approaches, an initial overview of technology embodiments is provided below and then specific technology embodiments are described in further detail later. This initial summary is intended to aid readers in understanding the technology more quickly but is not intended to identify key features or essential features of the technology nor is it intended to limit the scope of the claimed subject matter.
- Within a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) employing a form of Time Division Duplexing (TDD), many different possibilities exist for Up Link (UL)-Down Link (DL)/TDD configurations, with differing relative numbers of timeslots (resources) for UL and for DL transmission. These different combinations of UL and DL dedicated timeslots can allow a transmission point to adapt to different demands for traffic in a given cell. For example, where traffic within a cell creates a much greater demand for DL transmission, more DL timeslots can be scheduled for DL transmission.
- However, a WWAN comprises a network that can include multiple transmission points, each covering a corresponding geographic region referred to as a cell. As is often the case, the demand for DL transmission time relative to the demand for UL transmission time, and vice versa, can vary, sometimes greatly, from cell to cell. Studies suggest that the ability to dynamically adapt to DL/UL traffic demands from cell to cell could improve the efficiencies of WWANs, greatly improving data throughput. Cells would not be locked into timeslots for directional traffic. Instead, one cell could have an UL-DL/TDD configuration different from its neighbor, allowing it to adapt to its own directional traffic needs. Yet, a common UL-DL/TDD configuration is currently applied across WWANs to avoid potential interference from adjacent transmission points scheduled for differing UL and DL transmission directions.
- Although the WWANs can currently adapt to relative DL and UL traffic demands to form a homogeneous network, with each transmission point having the same TDD configuration, the superior efficiencies of adapting to such demands on a transmission point level can be difficult, due to the ensuing interference that can be caused by the differing configurations. However, heterogeneous deployments, where low power transmission points representing small cells operate at the same or different carrier frequencies relative to high power transmission points, have opened possibilities to adapt UL-DL configurations in small cells due to much higher isolation between those cells.
- Differing directional traffic does not have the same impact between all transmission points. To determine the impact, measurements of potential interference, or coupling, between pairs of transmission points can be made. Where a high potential for interference is measured between a pair of transmission points, the pair of transmission points can be coupled in a common cluster. Where adjacent clusters share one or more common transmission points, they can also be merged into a common cluster. The common cluster can apply a common UL-DL/TDD configuration to avoid any potential interference between the transmission points in the common cluster.
- However, where a low potential for interference exists for transmission points in a WWAN, the transmission points can be isolated in different clusters. At times, transmission points can be isolated as the single element in the cluster to which they belong. Since the potential for interference is low, different clusters can have different UL-DL/TDD configurations. As a result, UL-DL/TDD configurations can be assigned with a much improved level of granularity, paving the way for transmission points to independently adapt to changing directional traffic demands and for large improvements in the efficiency. Additional details are discussed below.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates a network of evolved Node B (eNodeB) transmission points in a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) 100, which can be an Evolved-Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN), having coverage cells with asymmetric directional traffic demands, or non-uniform cell loading. The WWAN comprises multiple different cells 102-108. Each cell is comprised of a geographic region over which the respective eNodeB 110 a-110 d is configured to communicate with wireless mobile devices 112 a-112 d. As an important statement of the generality of embodiments discussed in this disclosure, while the terminology of the 3GPP LTE standard is often used throughout this specification, it is not intended to be limiting, and there are exceptions in the use of more general terminology in portions of this specification to further communicate this point. - The eNodeBs 110 a-110 d of the various cells 102-108 are configured to support both Up Link (UL) and Down Link (DL) transmissions from and to one or more units of User Equipment (UE) 112 a-112 d within the various corresponding cells. To accommodate UL and DL transmissions, the
WWAN 100 uses Time Division Duplexing (TDD) to separate transmissions from the eNodeBs to UEs, referred to as DL transmissions, and transmissions from the UEs to the eNodeBs, referred to as UL transmissions. TDD can be used to assign UL and DL transmissions to different timeslots. By assigning UL and DL transmissions to different timeslots, interference between the transmissions with differing directional traffic can be avoided. For instance, the interference may be caused by a relatively high power signal from a DL transmission that interferes with a lower power signal from an UL transmission (i.e. that has an opposite direction from the DL transmission within substantially the same time period). - Each cell 102-108 contains a number of arrows to and from various UEs 112 a-112 d located within each cell. The thin, dashed arrows pointing toward the eNodeBs 110 a-110 d represent an average amount of time spent in UL transmission for a given time. Similarly, the thick, solid arrows pointing away from the eNodeBs to the UEs represent an average amount of time spent in DL transmission for the given time. Therefore, the relative number of UL arrows to DL arrows depicts the relative amount of directional traffic demands, in terms of DL and UL transmissions, that each cell 102-108 experiences over the given amount of time.
- Two of the cells depicted 102, 108 experience a markedly greater load of DL traffic relative to the two other cells depicted 104, 106. Over a given amount of time, each cell can experience different amounts of DL and UL directional traffic. Therefore, efficient use of temporal resources would dictate the use by each cell of a different amount of timeslots dedicated to UL transmissions and to DL transmissions. Throughout this application, the allocation of different numbers of timeslots to DL and UL directional traffic for a given amount of time is defined as an UL-DL configuration and/or a TDD configuration.
-
FIG. 2 depicts two types of interference that can occur between cells with asynchronous UL-DL/TDD configurations. Within the figure, awireless communication environment 200 is illustrated with afirst eNodeB 202 and asecond eNodeB 204 is shown. Although the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB are depicted as MaCro-Node (MCN) eNodeBs, depending on the embodiment, either the first eNodeB, the second eNodeB, or both can also be a Low Power Node (LPN). An LPN can comprise one of one of a micro cell, a pico cell, a femto cell, a home eNodeB cell (HeNB), a Remote Radio Head (RRH), a Remote Radio Equipment (RRE), a repeater, or another type of transmission point having a lower power than is typically used at a MCN. In this example, thefirst eNodeB 202 transmits aDL transmission 206 to afirst UE 208 associated with the first eNodeB. The second eNodeB, however, is scheduled to receive anUL transmission 210 from asecond UE 212 associated with the second eNodeB. - The direction of transmission between the
first eNodeB 202 may differ from that of thesecond eNodeB 204 because the direction of transmission at the two eNodeBs is determined by different UL-DL/TDD configurations TDD configuration 216, whereas the direction of transmission for timeslots at thesecond eNodeB 218 is determined by a second UL-DL/TDD configuration. - The first and second UL-DL/
TDD configurations FIG. 2 , at the fifth sub-frame (labeled sub-frame 4), thefirst eNodeB 202 is scheduled for downlink transmission according to the first UL-DL/TDD configuration 216. This is in conflict with the scheduling for UL reception at the fifth sub-frame (labeled sub-frame 4), according to the second UL-DL/TDD configuration 218 of thesecond eNodeB 204. The conflict in the direction of transmission between the two eNodeBs sets the stage for two types of interference. - A first type of interference 220 is depicted with a large ‘X’ where the bold, solid arrow representing the
DL transmission 206 from thefirst eNodeB 202 crosses the thin, dashed arrow representing theUL transmission 210 from thesecond UE 212 associated with thesecond eNodeB 204. (The UL transmission is also represented by the curved wave lines emanating from the second UE.) In this first type of interference, the DL transmission from the first eNodeB interferers with UL transmissions that the second eNodeB is scheduled to receive. - Since, the
DL transmission 206 from thefirst eNodeB 202 interferes with the UL reception at thesecond eNodeB 204, this first type of interference 220 is referred to herein as transmission-point-to-transmission-point interference and/or eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference. Due to the power levels at which eNodeBs commonly transmit DL transmissions, this first type of interference can be the most problematic, as indicated by the large size of the ‘X, inFIG. 2 . Indeed, the received power of the useful signal from thesecond UE 212 can often be lower than the power of the interference from the DL transmission. This can make it difficult or impossible for the UL transmission to be received at the second eNodeB. - A second type of
interference 222 is also depicted inFIG. 2 with a smaller ‘X’ where the curved wave lines emanating from thesecond UE 212 associated withUL transmission 210 from thesecond eNodeB 204 cross the bold, solid arrow representing theDL transmission 206 from thefirst eNodeB 202. (The UL transmission is also represented by the thin, dashed arrow.) This second type of interference arises from the interference caused by the UL transmission from the second UE with the DL transmission from thefirst eNodeB 202 as it is received by thefirst UE 208 associated with the first eNodeB. - Since, the
UL transmission 210 from thesecond UE 212 interferes with the reception at thefirst UE 208 of theDL transmission 206 from thefirst eNodeB 202, this second type of interference is referred to herein as wireless-mobile-device-to-wireless-mobile-device interference and/or UE-to-UE interference. Since UEs commonly transmit at lower powers than eNodeBs, due to UL power control that compensates for pathloss propagation, in certain scenarios UE-to-UE interference can arise where a UE engaged in UL transmission, corresponding to the second UE inFIG. 2 , is sufficiently close to a DL receiving UE, corresponding to the first UE inFIG. 2 . Depending on the embodiment, such distances may be measured in tens to hundreds of meters. Therefore, UE-to-UE interference is depicted with a smaller ‘X.’ - The conflicts between transmission directions arising from the use of the first UL-DL/
TDD configuration 216 and the second UL-DL/TDD configuration 218 by twoadjacent eNodeBs FIG. 2 . The possibilities arising from the table are not intended to be limiting. A number of different UL-DL/TDD configurations may, or may not, be used that are not depicted in the table, depending on network configuration, network usage load, and other features, as can be appreciated. The table merely depicts UL-DL/TDD configurations specified forRelease 9 of the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Long Term Evolution (LTE) standards. However, other approaches to UL-DL/TDD configurations are possible. - In the table 224, each configuration of the seven UL-DL/TDD configurations occupies a frame, which corresponds to 10 ms of transmission time. After the time required for frame transmission elapses, a chosen UL-DL/TDD configuration can be repeated, or a new one chosen. Each frame can comprise ten, 1 ms sub-frames. Each sub-frame can correspond to a timeslot.
- Accordingly, each sub-frame can be allocated for either UL transmission, indicated in
FIG. 2 with a ‘U,’ or DL transmission, indicated by a ‘D.’ Certain sub-frames can also be allocated for special transmission periods, indicated by an ‘S,’ such as those for Downlink Pilot Timeslot (DwPTS), Guard Period (GP), and Uplink Pilot Timeslot UpPTS transmissions. As can be appreciated, each UL-DL/TDD configuration corresponds to a different pattern of DL and UL transmission allocations with differing amounts of allocations for UL transmissions relative to DL transmissions. These differing patterns lead to the potential for interference between adjacent cells with eNodeBs with differing TDD configurations. -
FIG. 3a provides achart 300 with the Cumulative Distribution Functions (CDF) of Signal to Interference and Noise Ratios (SINR) for DL reception at a UE where UE-to-UE interference is an issue. The CDFs provide results from a study performed by the 3GPP reported in R4-120837, “DL-UL interference analysis for single operator macro-outdoor pico deployment scenario in adjacent channel,” INTEL CORP., February 2012. The CDFs result from simulations of different levels of conflicting transmission directions in a network with LPNs comprising pico cells. - The simulations involve four LPNs that are randomly distributed apart from one another. The CDF corresponding to the solid curve reports the case where all pico cells are engaged in DL transmission. The dotted curve corresponds to the CDF where half of the pico cells are engaged in UL transmission and half are engaged in DL transmission. The CDF corresponding to the dashed curve reports the case where half of the pico cells are engaged in DL transmission and half are turned off. Conversely, the CDF corresponding to the mixed, dashed-and-dotted curve reports the case where half of the pico cells are engaged in UL transmission and half are turned off.
- In the
FIG. 3a , SINR is measured at a UE that receives DL transmission from the LPN. Where all the LPNs are also engaged in DL transmission (solid curve), the DL transmissions from the LPNs interfere at the UE side. Therefore, the CDF for this scenario represents the lowest SINRs. - The SINR of the CDF, however, stays low even when half of the LPNs are switched from DL transmission to UL transmission (dotted line). The contribution of UE-to-UE interference can be seen when the scenario with 50% DL LPN transmission and 50% UL LPN transmission (dotted curve) is compared to the scenario with 50% DL LPN transmission and 50% of the LPNs turned off (dashed curve), for which SINR values in the corresponding CDF are slightly higher. The final CDF, for the scenario, with 50% UL LPN transmission and 50% of the LPNs turned off (mixed, dashed-and-dotted curve), corresponds to the highest values for SINR.
-
FIG. 3b providesCDFs 302 of SINR for UL reception at an eNodeB where eNodeB-to-eNode interference is an issue. The CDFs report results for the study performed by the 3GPP reported in R4-120837, as discussed above. As inFIG. 3a , reports of various CDFs with respect to SINR, measured in dB, are provided according to different levels of conflicting transmission directions in a network with LPNs comprising pico cells. As was also the case inFIG. 3a , four LPNs are randomly distributed apart from one another within the coverage area of an MCN eNodeB. - The CDF corresponding to the solid, bold curve reports the case where half of the pico cells are engaged in UL transmission and half are engaged in DL transmission. The dashed curve corresponds to the CDF where half of the pico cells are engaged in DL transmission and half are turned off. The CDF corresponding to the solid, plain curve reports the case where all pico cells are engaged in UL transmission. The dotted curve represents the CDF for the case where half of the pico cells are engaged in UL transmission and half are turned off.
- The strong potential impact of eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference can be seen clearly in the various CDFs depicted in
FIG. 3a . In the figure, SINR is measured at the eNodeB receiving UL transmission from a UE within the MCN's coverage area. A shelf spanning approximately 30 dB, circled by the dashed ellipse inFIG. 3b , corresponds to eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference problems for two of the scenarios reported with CDFs. As can be appreciate, this eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference 220, as explained inFIG. 2 , can take the power associated with the useful signal below the power associated with noise and interference. - The CDFs manifesting eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference both involve scenarios where DL transmissions interfere with the UL transmission. The most pronounced interference arises in the scenario with 50% of the LPNs engaged in DL transmission and 50% engaged in UL transmission (solid, bold curve). The interference remains strong, albeit slightly reduced, for the scenario with 50% of the LPNs engaged in DL transmission and 50% are turned off (dashed curve), presumably reducing UL-to-UL interference.
- However, much larger improvements in SINR are seen where none of the LPNs are engaged in DL transmission, potentially interfering with UL reception. Where all the LPNs are engaged in UL transmission (solid, plain curve), SINR greatly improves. The SINR is slightly better where 50% of the LPNs are engaged in UL transmissions and 50% of the LPNs are off (dotted line). Again, this additional improvement presumably results from reducing UL-to-UL interference by removing approximately half of the UL transmissions from UEs.
- The problems of UE-to-UE and eNode-to-eNodeB interference arising where adjacent cells have differing transmission directions are significant. Therefore, a common UL-DL/TDD configuration is currently imposed across cellular networks to avoid differing transmission directions and the types of interference appointed therewith. However, this blanket approach results in large inefficiencies. This is because the need for UL transmission resources to DL transmission resources often varies greatly across such a network with respect to geographic region and with respect to time. If, therefore, interference problems could be mitigated so that one cell could have an UL-DL/TDD configuration different from its neighbors, timeslots for transmission directions could be used more efficiently to adopt to changing directional traffic loads in different regions of the network.
-
FIG. 4 illustrates different levels of coupling interference that can result from asynchronous transmission. As used herein, the term coupling interference, coupling level, and/or interference level refers to a measurement of a DL transmission by one eNodeB/transmission point at another eNodeB/transmission point. The level of coupling interference that is measured can be indicative of the potential for eNodeB-to-eNodeB and UE-to-UE interference that differing transmission directions between the two eNodeBs can cause. As used herein, the term asynchronous traffic refers to differing directional transmission across transmission points within aWWAN 400. As shown inFIG. 4 , the differing levels of coupling interference can be leveraged to improve the efficiency with which directional transmission timeslots are allocated within the WWAN in ways that allow different transmission points to adapt to differing directional traffic needs with respect to time and spatial region. - Three different eNodeBs, or transmission points, 402, 404, and 406, are depicted in
FIG. 4 . Although only three eNodeBs are depicted, any number of eNodeBs can be involved. Also, although the eNodeBs are depicted as LPNs, any combination of LPNs and MCNs are possible. Thefirst eNodeB 402 in the example ofFIG. 4 has acorresponding cell 408 defined by acoverage area 408 with multiple UEs therein. Anexample UE 414 is labeled to indicate the appearance of UEs in the figure. Similarly, thesecond eNodeB 404 also has acorresponding cell 410 defined by a coverage area with multiple UEs therein. Likewise, thethird eNodeB 406 also has acorresponding cell 412 defined by a coverage area with multiple UEs therein. - As indicated by the solid, bold arrow, a relatively strong level of
coupling interference 416 exists between thefirst eNodeB 402 and thesecond eNodeB 404. However, as indicated by the first dashed, thin arrow a relatively weak level ofcoupling interference 418 exists between thefirst eNodeB 402 and thethird eNodeB 406. Additionally, as indicated by the second thin, dashed arrow, another relatively low level ofcoupling interference 420 also exists between thesecond eNodeB 404 and thethird eNodeB 406. - To determine the level of
coupling interference 416 between itself and thesecond eNodeB 404, thefirst eNodeB 402 can measure a unit of coupling information, make a coupling measurement, or determine a coupling level between the first eNodeB and thesecond eNodeB 404. The measurement can be based on DL transmission from the second eNodeB, such as the measurement of a pathgain from one or more reference signals in the DL transmission. Cell-specific reference signals, channel state information reference signals, or other signals can be used to measure pathgain. Based on such measurements, transmit power reduction can be applied between cells in order to reduce coupling and make those cells more isolated in the sense that opposite transmission direction does not deteriorate their performance. - Several other types of measurements are also possible, including, by way of illustration and without limitation, a measurement of received signal strength, a Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) measurement, and a Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ) measurement. The RSRP and RSRQ measurements can be defined in one or more of the standards for Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Long Term Evolution (LTE)
Release 8,Release 9,Release 10 and Release 11. Throughout this application, Release 11 can refer to the prerelease issued by 3GPP LTE in the spring of 2012. - Once a unit of coupling information has been measured, a clustering determination can be made based on the measured unit of coupling information. Where the measured unit of coupling information indicates a high level of
coupling interference 416 between thefirst eNodeB 402 and thesecond eNodeB 404, a determination can be made to cluster the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB for purposes of UL-DL/TDD configuration. Where the coupling information indicates a relatively low level of coupling interference, a determination can be made that the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB are sufficiently isolated to have different UL-DL/TDD configurations in the different clusters to which they below. - A determination on which transmission points can be clustered together to reduce undesirable levels of coupling interference and which transmission points can maintain a different TDD configuration, due to relatively low levels of coupling interference, can be made on the basis of one or more conditions being met. As an example a first condition can be that a performance of the first eNodeB is not substantially degraded by a transmission direction of an adjacent eNodeB. A second condition can be that a change of the transmission direction of the adjacent eNodeB does not substantially degrade the performance of the first eNodeB. Other conditions are possible. In some embodiments, substantial degradation can be identified relative to a selected coupling threshold level value.
- A coupling threshold level can be determined by an estimate of a level of inter-cell interference calculated from the unit of coupling information where a transmission power of the adjacent eNodeB is known. In some embodiments, coupling interference can be determined based on an average power of a useful UL signal, measured in a time slot when UEs are scheduled for UL transmission to the measuring eNodeB. The cluster threshold can be determined based on an average level of UL measurements from multiple eNodeBs. Other approaches for selecting a coupling threshold level are also possible, as can be appreciated.
- A determination that the
first eNodeB 402 and thesecond eNodeB 404 can be isolated due to a relatively low level of coupling interference can result in configuring the first eNodeB with a first UL-DL/TDD configuration independent from a potentially differing UL-DL/TDD configuration for the second eNodeB. The ability to assign differing UL-DL/TDD configurations can increases the efficiency with which timeslots are scheduled for directional traffic. Conversely, where a determination has been made to cluster the first eNodeB and thesecond eNodeB 404, they can be configured with a common UL-DL/TDD configuration. The common UL-DL/TDD configuration can mitigate eNodeB-to-eNodeB and UE-to-UE interference where a measurement indicating a relatively high level of coupling indicates that these forms of interference could be a problem. Coordination of the common UL-DL/TDD configuration can occur over abackhaul link 422 between the first eNodeB and the second eNodeB. The backhaul link between the eNodeBs may be preexisting or established or modified on the basis of the determination. In certain embodiments, the coordination can be achieved over an X2 interface as defined in one or more of the standards for3GPP LTE Release 8,Release 9,Release 10 and Release 11. Alternatively, if one eNodeB controls several cells, it can be implemented in a vendor-specific protocol. - Similar measurements can be made between additional eNodeBs within the
MAN 400, resulting in a number of different clusters, which can have anywhere from a single transmission point to many transmission points therein. Due to the relatively high level ofcoupling interference 416 in the example ofFIG. 4 , thefirst eNodeB 402 and thesecond eNodeB 404 are included in acommon cluster 424. Both eNodeBs in the common cluster can be configured with a common UL-DL/TDD configuration 426 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 3 in the table 224 provided inFIG. 2 ), for which additional eNodeBs could also be configured if they were assigned to the same cluster. - However, the
third eNodeB 406 has relativelylow coupling interferences first eNodeB 402 and thesecond eNodeB 402. Accordingly, the third eNodeB can be isolated in its own cluster 228. Since it is isolated in its own cluster, the third eNodeB can have a different UL-DL/TDD configuration, such as the different isolated UL-DL/TDD configuration 430 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 4 in the table 224 provided inFIG. 2 ) for the isolated cluster depicted inFIG. 4 . - Due to the differing UL-DL/
TDD configurations FIG. 4 , at the fifth timeslot/sub-frame (indicated by number 4), the UEs within thethird coverage area 412 corresponding to theisolated cluster 428 are engaged inUL transmission 432. At the same time, thefirst eNodeB 402 and thesecond eNodeB 404 within thefirst coverage area 408 and thesecond coverage area 412 respectively of thecommon cluster 418 are engaged inDL transmission 434. Hence, the differing directional transmission traffic demands within the two clusters can be efficiently accommodated with differing UL-DL/TDD configurations without leading to unacceptable eNodeB-to-eNodeB and UE-to-UE interference problems. Additionally, these UL-DL/TDD configurations -
FIG. 5 depicts the formation of multiple clusters based on coupling levels between transmission points. Throughout this application, the term ‘coupling level’ refers to a measurement of potential interference. Several, non-limiting examples of such measurements have been provided previously. Five different LPN eNodeBs 502 a-e with their corresponding coverage areas 504 a-e are depicted inFIG. 5 . However, any number of eNodeBs and combinations of LPNs and MCNs are possible. Additionally, a coupling level between each pair of eNodeBs is also depicted. Coupling levels above a coupling threshold are depicted by solid,bold arrows - The two coupling levels above a
coupling threshold first cluster 512 with thefirst eNodeB 502 a and thesecond eNodeB 502 b and asecond cluster 514 with thefourth eNodeB 502 d and thefifth eNodeB 502 e. Since there is no coupling level above the coupling threshold between thethird eNodeB 502 c and any other eNodeB, athird cluster 516, with a single eNodeB, can be formed. Each cluster can have a different UL-DL/TDD configuration, as indicated by the first UL-DL/TDD configuration 518 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 4 in the table 224 provided inFIG. 2 ) for thefirst cluster 512, the second UL-DL/TDD configuration 520 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 3 in the table 224 provided in FIG. 2), for thesecond cluster 514, and the third UL-DL/TDD configuration 522 (corresponding to UL-DL/TDD configuration # 6 in the table 224 provided inFIG. 2 ), for thethird cluster 516. - The three clusters are depicted at the fifth timeslot/sub-frame (labeled #4), where potential conflicts in directional traffic exist, but interference problems are mitigated by the formation of different clusters. Potential conflicts also exist on the eighth and ninth sub-frames (labeled #7 and #8 respectively). As can be appreciated from the various arrows between UEs and eNodeBs, the formation of several different clusters allows the
WWAN 500 to adapt in near real time to differing directional transmission traffic loads within the different clusters. Differing traffic loads are depicted by differing numbers of arrows from UEs to eNodeBs and from eNodeBs to UEs depicting differing relative demands for UL and DL transmissions respectively. Anexample UE 506 is labeled to indicate the appearance of additional UEs in the figure. As can be appreciated, the various UL-DL/TDD configurations - To facilitate the determination of UL-DL/
TDD configurations cluster - Decisions about UL-DL/TDD configurations can be made at individual eNodeBs and/or at a network level. Where determinations are made at a network level, information used to make such determinations can be communicated to the network level over an S1 interface, as described in any combination of
Release 8,Release 9,Release 10, and Release 11 of the 3GPP LTE specifications. Determinations for UL-DL/TDD configurations for different clusters can be constantly made and updated independent of one another to respond to dynamically changing directional traffic loads monitored within individual clusters. -
FIG. 6 illustrates the merger of clusters to form a larger cluster, with potential sub-clusters. As before, several different LPN eNodeBs 602 a-e, which can represent any number of eNodeBs and combinations of LPNs and MCNs, with their corresponding coverage areas are depicted inFIG. 6 . Additionally, coupling levels between pairs of eNodeBs are also depicted, where solid,bold arrows - Based on the three
coupling levels first cluster 612 between thefirst eNodeB 602 a and thesecond eNodeB 602 b; asecond cluster 614 between thethird eNodeB 602 c and thefourth eNodeB 602 d; and, afifth cluster 616 between thefourth eNodeB 602 d and thefifth eNodeB 602 e. As can be appreciated, however, the second cluster and the third cluster share a common eNodeB, thefourth eNodeB 602 d. Therefore, to avoid potential eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference, the second and third clusters can be merged 618. - The action of merging 618 the
second cluster 614 and thethird cluster 616 results in a differentprior clustering configuration 600 a before accomplishment of themerger 620 with respect to apost clustering arrangement 600 b afterward. After accomplishment of the merger, only asmall cluster 612 and alarge cluster 622 remain. In certain embodiments, by way of illustration and not limitation, a merger determination can be made in response to an eNodeB list communicated over backhaul infrastructure, such as an X2 interface and an S1 interface, from one or more adjacent clusters. The eNodeB list can include a list of eNodeBs within a cluster such that the presence of one or more common/intersection eNodeBs between clusters can be determined. Where one or more common/intersection eNodeBs are present between clusters, a determination to merge clusters can be made. Where there are not one or more common/intersection eNodeBs present, a determination to leave the clusters unaltered may be made, depending on potential coupling threshold level values. - The merger process can also be performed in reverse. Where one or more common eNodeBs no longer connects portions of a larger cluster, according to an updated measurement, the larger cluster can be divided into smaller clusters. Conversely, where the one or more previously common eNodeBs again become active in ways that justify reconnecting the larger cluster, the cluster should be reformed.
- Additionally, in certain embodiments, a potential for sub-clustering can be capitalized upon. Although both the
third eNodeB 602 c and thefifth eNodeB 602 eshare coupling levels fourth eNodeB 602 e, anothercoupling level 624 between the third and fifth eNodeBs is below the coupling threshold, as indicated by the thin, dashed arrow. Since thefourth eNodeB 602 d is still shared in common, the third and fourth eNodeBs belong to thesame cluster 622. However, due to the low coupling level between the third and the fifth eNodeBs, small variations can be appropriate in the configurations of the third and fifth eNodeBs for different scenarios. - One such scenario, provided by way of illustration and not limitation, can include a scenario where the forth
eNodeB 602 d is scheduled to transmit an Almost Blank Sub-frame (ABS). Other non-limiting scenarios include scenarios where the fourth eNodeB is configured to engage in beam forming and/or power reduction during certain timeslots/sub-frames. During such timeslots and sub-frames thethird eNodeB 602 c and thefifth eNodeB 602 e can engage in transmissions with conflicting directions, because of the relativelylow coupling level 624 between them. Therefore, the merged,larger cluster 624 can be divided into sub-clusters, which can have different UL-DL/TDD configurations on sub-frames for scenarios similar to those described above.FIG. 6 depicts such sub-clusters in terms of a first sub-cluster 626 for the third eNodeB and a second sub-cluster 628 for the fourth eNodeB. Although the sub-clusters inFIG. 6 only comprise one eNodeB, multiple eNodeB within a single sub-cluster are also possible. -
FIG. 7 provides a flowchart depicting aprocess 700 for cluster formation consistent with one example. The process comprises measuring 710 a unit of coupling information between two transmission points/eNodeBs. The coupling measurement can be made on one eNodeB based on a portion of a DL transmission from an adjacent eNodeB. The coupling information can take any of the forms described above in addition to metrics apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. A coupling threshold is then determined 720. In one example provided for purposes of illustration, not limitation, the coupling threshold can be determined based on a useful signal power estimate generated from measurements of UL transmissions from eNodeBs within the coverage area of a particular eNodeB. In other embodiments, a coupling threshold value is received over a backhaul link, or retrieved from memory. However, other approaches are discussed in this specification and will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. - The
process 700 continues by making aclustering determination 730. The step of making a clustering determination can be broken out into a sub-routine 730 involving comparing 732 the unit of coupling information to the coupling threshold. Within the sub-routine, adecision 734 can then be made as to whether a coupling metric related to the coupling information, such as a pathgain in one non-limiting example, is below a coupling threshold. If the answer is yes, adetermination 736 is made that the measuring eNodeB can be isolated 736 in a different cluster from the adjacent eNodeB. Where the answer is no, adetermination 738 can be made that the pair of eNodeBs can be combined in a common cluster. - After the
isolation decision 734, theclustering determination sub-routine 730 is complete. Themethod 700 then continues by carrying out 740 one of thedeterminations -
FIG. 8 provides achart 800 illustrating a tradeoff between improvements to SINR resulting from clustering and directional traffic adaptation capabilities. In the chart, the CDFs with respect to SINR, measured in dBs, are provided for a study of several different coupling thresholds. These CDFs report SINR for a scenario similar to the one described above inFIG. 3b , but for which more LPNs, comprising pico cells, are distributed in the coverage area of a MCN where SINR of UL transmissions from a UE in the coverage area are measured. Also, instead of directional traffic being set at a granularity of individual LPNs, transmission direction is determined for entire clusters. - The
chart 800 reports the study results for a scenario where 50% of the LPNs are engaged in UL transmission and 50% of the clusters are engaged in DL transmission. As indicated in the table ofthreshold values 802, the CDF with respect to SINR is reported for various coupling thresholds in the table. The coupling threshold can, as discussed above, determine whether one transmission point can be isolated from another so that it can independently adapt to the directional traffic needs within its coverage area. - Where a coupling metric from a measured unit is above the coupling threshold, eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference, and/or UE-to-UE interference can be deemed to be sufficiently great not to allow the pair of eNodeBs for which the measurement was made to be isolated in different clusters with different directional traffic. Conversely, where the coupling metric for a coupling measurement is below the coupling threshold, the pair of eNodeBs can be allowed to adapt independently to the directional traffic loads which they experience. Therefore, the determination of the coupling threshold can involve a tradeoff between traffic adaption, associated with many clusters and small numbers of eNodeBs therein, and avoiding eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference, and/or UR-to-UR interference. This tradeoff is demonstrated in the
chart 800 and its accompanyinggraphs - Table 802 indicates that the long-dashed curve reports the CDF with respect to SINR for the scenario where no clustering is allowed. (This scenario is similar to the scenario depicted by the bold, solid curve in
FIG. 3b .) The solid, bold cure depicts the results for the highest coupling threshold value of −60 dB, which refers to a value for a measured path gain. However, other coupling metrics are possible in alternative embodiments. Results are also reported for coupling thresholds of −70 dB (short-dashed curve), −80 dB (dotted curve), and −90 dB (solid curve), which is the lowest coupling threshold value. - A CDF of cluster size, in terms of eNodeBs in a given cluster, is provided in a
first graph 804 for the highest clustering threshold of −60 dB. Asecond graph 806 provides the CDF for the lowest clustering threshold of −90 dB. A raised clustering threshold allows more eNodeBs to be isolated from one another in more clusters of smaller sizes. Hence, the first graph for the highest clustering threshold reports a CDF with over 90% of clusters including a single eNodeB. Almost each transmission point, therefore, would be allowed to independently adapt to the directional traffic demands placed upon it. However, the relatively high value for the coupling threshold, as indicated by thechart 800 does not do much to improve SINR, meaning the eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference can be problems. - At the other extreme, a coupling threshold of −90 dB prevents more eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference, placing a greater restriction on transmission points that can have different directional traffic. As a result, chart 800 indicates that SINR is greatly improved. However, the
second graph 806 corresponding to this low coupling threshold shows that fewer clusters are formed and those clusters tend to have more eNodeBs within them. For example, only about 65% of transmission points are able to independently adapt to directional traffic demands, making the network as a whole less capable of adapting to these demands. - As demonstrated by
FIG. 8 , therefore, the coupling threshold is an optimization parameter. The optimization parameter can be optimized for a particular WWAN in terms of competing needs to avoid eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference on one side and to adapt to directional traffic demands on the other side. In some embodiments such optimization can be automated based on feedback. Such feedback can include, by way of example and not limitation, feedback about throughput, a pathgain measurement, SINR, directional traffic loading at one or more transmission points, and/or one or more coupling levels. -
FIG. 9 provides a pair ofcharts first chart 902 provides several CDFs, corresponding to various coupling thresholds, plotted with respect to packet throughput, in Mega bits per second (Mbps), received at a UE during DL transmission from a transmission point. Conversely, thesecond chart 904 provides several CDFs for the same coupling thresholds, plotted with respect to packet throughput, in Mbps, received at a transmission point from a UE during UL transmission. The various threshold values for the various CDF curves in both charts are provided in the threshold table 906. - The CDFs plotted in the
charts FIG. 3 andFIG. 8 . The simulation is conducted using File Transfer Protocol (FTP) traffic model parameters defined in 3GPP R1-120080, where λD=λU=1, FTP file size=0.5 MB, and time scales=10 ms. As indicated in the threshold table 906, the solid curve reports the case where UL-DL/TDD configurations are changed semi-statically, measured in minutes and hours, across the network in accordance to existing TDD technologies. - The long-dashed curves depict the results for a coupling threshold of −90 dB, which refers to a value for a measured path gain. However, other coupling metrics are possible in alternative embodiments. Results are also reported for coupling thresholds of −80 dB (dotted curve), and −70 dB (short-dashed curve). A mixed, dashed-and-dotted curve is provided to indicate what the CDFs for packet throughput would be in a hypothetical case if each transmission point could adapt independently to directional traffic needs without worrying about interference.
- As can be appreciated, the packet throughputs are increased by almost 10 Mbps for the DL reception at a UE and by more than 5 Mbps at the UL reception at the transmission point. Therefore, the proposed approaches to interference management can be used to resolve the eNodeB-to-eNodeB interference and/or UE-to-UE interference problems. Furthermore, the proposed solutions are applicable for different types of deployment scenarios.
-
FIG. 10 depicts a flowchart for aparticular clustering method 1000 for interference management in a wireless network with different UL and DL time timeslots and adaptive, asynchronous directional traffic resource allocation consistent with an example. The method can, but need not necessarily, be embedded in a computer program product comprising a non-transitory computer usable medium. The computer readable medium can have a computer readable program code embodied therein. The computer readable program code can be adapted to be executed to implement instructions for the method. - The method comprises measuring 1010, at a first eNodeB, a unit of coupling information between the first eNodeB and an adjacent eNodeB. The unit of coupling information is used to make a clustering determination. The clustering determination, as depicted in block 1020, can be a first determination that the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB belong in a common cluster. Conversely, the clustering determination can be a second determination that the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are isolated, meaning they can be in different clusters. Where the first determination has been made, the
method 1000 further comprises configuring 1030 the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB with a common UL-DL configuration. Where the second determination has been made, the method further comprises configuring 1030 the first eNodeB with a first UL-DL configuration independently from a potentially differing UL-DL configuration pertaining to the adjacent eNodeB. - In certain embodiments, making the clustering determination, based on the unit of coupling information, further comprises reaching the first determination where at least one of a first condition and a second condition is met. The first condition is that a performance of the first eNodeB is not substantially degraded by a transmission direction of the adjacent eNodeB. The second condition is that a change of the transmission direction of the adjacent eNodeB does not substantially degrade the performance of the first eNodeB. If the right combination of these two conditions is not met, the second determination is reached.
- In some embodiments, a coupling metric is selected to characterize the unit of coupling information. A coupling threshold is also used to determine that the performance of the first eNodeB is substantially degraded where the unit of coupling information is either at or above the coupling threshold for the coupling metric. Otherwise, a determination is made that the first eNodeB is not substantially degraded where the unit of coupling information is below the coupling threshold for the coupling metric.
- Such embodiments can further comprise determining the coupling threshold based on one of several different possibilities. One example of such a possibility is an estimate of a level of inter-cell interference calculated from the unit of coupling information where a transmission power of the adjacent eNodeB is known. Another example is an average power of a useful UL signal. Yet another example is an average level of uplink inter-cell interference where all eNodeBs in the common cluster operate to receive uplink transmission.
- Certain embodiments can comprise merging the common cluster with a second cluster. The clusters are merged in such embodiments where the common cluster and the second cluster have at least one eNodeB in common. This one or more eNodeBs couple the common and adjacent clusters. Similarly, certain embodiments can comprise dividing a merged cluster into sub-clusters. This division can take place where one or more adapted eNodeBs within the merged cluster can adapt to changing traffic demands in a manner such that the following scenario is met. The scenario is that the first condition and the second condition, as discussed above, no longer obtain between the one or more adapted eNodeBs and one or more additional eNodeBs in the merged cluster. When this scenario is met, each sub-cluster can apply a different UL-DL configuration.
- The
method 1000 can further comprise adapting a UL-DL configuration in substantially real-time to changing uplink and downlink traffic demands at any of the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB. The adapted UL-DL configuration can pertain to the common UL-DL configuration where the first determination, discussed above, has been made. The changing uplink and downlink traffic demands can be communicated between eNodeBs in the common cluster over a low-latency backhaul infrastructure. Alternatively, the adapted UL-DL configuration can pertain to the he first TDD configuration where the second determination, discussed above, has been made. - The
method 1000 can also further comprise communicating at least one of UL and DL traffic needs between the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB in the common cluster over a low-latency backhaul infrastructure. In some embodiments, the method can further comprise determining at least one of the common UL-DL configuration and a restricted set of UL-DL configurations for the common UL-DL configuration. This determination can be made on the basis of at least one of joint UL and DL needs throughout the common cluster. The determination can also be made by splitting a difference between UL and DL traffic demands at the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB in the common cluster. -
FIG. 11 illustrates adevice 1102 operating at an illuminated/first eNodeB 1104 that is illuminated by aDL transmission 1106 from a transmit/adjacent eNodeB 1108. In alternative embodiments, the device can reside at a network level, such as within the Evolved Packet Core (EPC) or via an external network connected to the EPC via a Packet Data Network Gateway (PDN-GW). The device, for adapting to asymmetric UL and DL traffic loads in a WWAN in accordance with another example, can include various modules. Such modules can include acoupling measurement module 1110, ananalysis module 1120, a configuration module 1130, and acommunication module 1140. - The
coupling measurement module 1110 can be configured to make a coupling measurement on a DL transmission from an adjacent eNodeB to the first eNodeB. Theanalysis module 1120 can be in communication with the coupling measurement module. Additionally, the analysis module can be configured to compare the coupling measurement to a coupling threshold. Where the coupling measurement is at or above the coupling threshold, the analysis module determines that the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are coupled. Where the coupling measurement is below the coupling threshold, the analysis module determines that the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are isolated. - The configuration module 1130 can be in communication with the
analysis module 1120. Additionally, the configuration module can be configured to identify a common UL-DL configuration where the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are coupled. The configuration module can also identify a first UL-DL configuration for the first eNodeB independently of a second UL-DL configuration for the adjacent eNodeB where the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are isolated. - In some embodiments, the
device 1102 can also include acommunication module 1140, in communication with the configuration module 1130. The communication module can be configured to send traffic direction information about traffic direction needs at the first eNodeB to the adjacent eNodeB. It can also be configured to receive traffic direction information about traffic direction needs at the adjacent eNodeB. - In certain embodiments, an
update module 1132 can be provided in communication with the configuration module 1130. Where the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are coupled in the common cluster, the update module can be configured to update the common UL-DL configuration to adapt in substantially real time to changing traffic direction needs at both the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB. Where the first eNodeB and the adjacent eNodeB are isolated, the update module can update the first TDD configuration independently of the second TDD configuration to adapt in real time to changing traffic direction needs at the first eNodeB. - In such embodiments, a
calculation module 1122, in communication with theanalysis module 1120, can also be provided. The calculation module can be configured to calculate the coupling threshold. This calculation can be performed on the basis of estimating a level of DL inter-cell interference by analyzing a coupling metric in terms of the coupling measurement and a transmission power of the adjacent eNodeB. The calculation can also be performed on the basis of useful signal powers associated with multiple user terminals associated with the first eNodeB. Additionally, among other approaches, the calculation may be made on the basis of UL inter-cell interference associated with multiple deployed eNodeBs during a time where all eNodeBs operate to receive uplink transmission. - Additionally, some embodiments can include an
optimization module 1124 in communication with thecalculation module 1122. The optimization module can be configured to optimize the coupling threshold. Optimization within the optimization module can be based on feedback. Feedback can provide information about throughput, a path gain measurement, SINR, system traffic loading, and/or cell traffic loading information, among other possibilities. - Some embodiments can include a
merger module 1142 in communication with thecommunication module 1140. The merger module can be configured to respond to an eNodeB list from a second cluster of coupled eNodeBs. The list can be used to determine a need to merge the second cluster and a first cluster to which the eNodeB belongs. With respect to such a determination, the first cluster can be any of the common cluster and the first eNodeB in isolation. Such a determination is made where the eNodeB list includes an intersection eNodeB common to the first cluster and the second cluster. Otherwise, the merger module makes a determination to leave the first cluster unaltered. - Also, an
isolation module 1144, in communication with thecommunication module 1140, can be included is some embodiments. Theisolation module 1144 can be configured to indicate when a second cluster and an isolated eNodeB belonging to the common cluster can have a UL-DL configuration distinct from the common UL-DL configuration of the common cluster. The ability to have different UL-DL configurations can be due to changing transmission patterns. -
FIG. 12 depicts a flowchart for aparticular clustering method 1200 for mitigating interference during adaption to asymmetric downlink transmission among multiple eNodeBs, in accordance with an example. The method can, but need not necessarily, be embedded in a computer program product comprising a non-transitory computer usable medium. The computer readable medium can have a computer readable program code embodied therein. The computer readable program code can be adapted to be executed to implement instructions for the method. In embodiments embedded in a computer program product, the computer program product can reside on one or more of an MCN, an LPN, and a network level entity. - The
method 1200 can comprise determining 1210 a coupling level between a first eNodeB and each of at least one additional eNodeB. The method can proceed byclustering 1220 the first eNodeB with any eNodeB from the at least one additional eNodeB with a corresponding coupling level greater than a coupling threshold. The clustering can create a common cluster. The common cluster can include one of only the first eNodeB, the first eNodeB and one additional eNodeB, and the first eNodeB and multiple additional eNodeBs. An additional step can involve setting 1230 a common TDD configuration for the common cluster. - In embodiments where the common cluster comprises at least one additional eNodeB in addition to the first eNodeB, such embodiments can further comprise communicating directional traffic information from the first eNodeB to the at least one additional eNodeB in the common cluster over a backhaul link. Such embodiments can also further comprise receiving at the first eNodeB directional traffic information over the backhaul link from the at least one additional eNodeB in the common cluster. Such embodiments can also further comprise monitoring the common cluster for changing directional traffic demands in the common cluster. Additionally, they can comprise adapting the common TDD configuration for the common cluster in substantially real time. These adaptations can respond to the changing directional traffic demands independently of any TDD configuration corresponding to any eNodeB outside of the common cluster.
- The coupling threshold can be calculated by using knowledge about at least one transmission power of at least one of the at least one additional eNodeBs to estimate a level of inter-cell interference. In certain embodiments, the coupling threshold may be calculated by averaging a plurality of useful signal powers associated with multiple eNodeBs in the common cluster. Also, the coupling threshold can be calculated by averaging a plurality of levels of UL inter-cell interference associated with multiple eNodeBs in the common cluster. These levels of uplink inter-cell interference can be measured during a time where all eNodeBs in the common cluster operate to receive uplink transmission. Additional approaches to calculating the coupling threshold, apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, are possible. Also, some embodiments can further comprise optimizing the coupling threshold with feedback about one or both of throughput received at the at least one additional eNodeB and a coupling level for the at least one additional eNodeB.
- The
method 1200 can also further comprise acquiring a list of eNodeBs in a second cluster of eNodeBs from a contact eNodeB in the second cluster of eNodeBs. The second cluster of eNodeBs can have any number of member eNodeBs, including a single member eNodeB. Where the common cluster and the second cluster share an intersection eNodeB, such embodiments can further comprise merging the second cluster of eNodeBs with the common cluster for purposes of determining the common TDD configuration. -
FIG. 13 illustrates adevice 1300 for avoiding interference while adapting to asynchronous directional traffic at various eNodeBs in a WWAN in accordance with another example. The device can operate at an eNodeB and/or at a network level. Within the device, several modules can be included, such as an interference module 1310, anisolation module 1320, and atraffic response module 1330. The device can reside on one or more of an MCN eNodeB, an LPN, and a network entity at a network level. - The interference module 1310 can be configured to estimate an interference level from a DL eNodeB as received at the first eNodeB. The
isolation module 1320, in communication with the interference module, can be configured to indicate where the interference level is sufficiently low to allow the first eNodeB to be isolated. An isolated first eNodeB can accommodate UL transmission while the downlink eNodeB transmits a downlink transmission. Where the interference level is sufficiently high, the isolation module can require the first eNodeB and the downlink eNodeB to be aggregated in a common cluster to synchronize or coordinate transmission directions. Thetraffic response module 1330, in communication with the isolation module, can be configured to create a TDD configuration. Where the first eNodeB belongs to the common cluster, the TDD configuration can respond to directional traffic for eNodeBs associated with the first eNodeB in the common cluster. Where the first eNodeB is isolated, the TDD configuration can independently respond to directional traffic for the first eNodeB. - A monitoring module 1332 can also be included in the
device 1300 in communication with thetraffic response module 1330. The monitoring module can be configured to monitor directional traffic for eNodeBs associated with the first eNodeB in the common cluster where the first eNodeB belongs to the common cluster. In such embodiments, directional traffic information can be communicated from at least one other eNodeB in the common cluster to the first eNodeB over a low-latency backhaul infrastructure. Where the first eNodeB is isolated, the monitoring module can monitor just the first eNodeB. The monitoring module can also indicate to the traffic response module when to change the TDD configuration to accommodate a change in directional traffic in substantially real time. - The
device 1300 can also include amerger module 1334, in communication with thetraffic response module 1330. Themerger module 1334 can be configured to include at least one of an additional eNodeB and an additional cluster to the common cluster. This addition can be made upon a determination that at least one of the additional eNodeB and the additional cluster share a common eNodeB with the common cluster. Additionally, the device can include a balancing module, in communication with the traffic response module. The balance module can be configured to reconcile competing uplink and downlink directional traffic demands at different eNodeBs within the common cluster to create the TDD configuration. The TDD configuration can be created so as to respond to the competing traffic demands. - Some embodiments can include an optimization module 1322 in communication with the
isolation module 1320. The isolation module can be configured to optimize a coupling threshold used to determine whether the first eNodeB belongs to the common cluster by monitoring the inter-cell interference level from opposite transmission directions of adjacent cells. The optimization module can also optimize the coupling threshold by analyzing traffic adaptation capabilities and traffic demands within a set of isolated cells and a set of common cell clusters -
FIG. 14 provides an example illustration of a mobile device, such as UE, a mobile station (MS), a mobile wireless device, a mobile communication device, a tablet, a handset, or other type of mobile wireless device. The mobile device can include one or more antennas configured to communicate with a base station (BS), an eNodeB, or other type of WWAN access point. While two antennas are shown, the mobile device may have between one and four or more antennas. The mobile device can be configured to communicate using at least one wireless communication standard including 3GPP LTE, Worldwide interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), High Speed Packet Access (HSPA), Bluetooth, WiFi, or other wireless standards. The mobile device can communicate using separate antennas for each wireless communication standard or shared antennas for multiple wireless communication standards. The mobile device can communicate in a wireless local area network (WLAN), a wireless personal area network (WPAN), and/or a WWAN. -
FIG. 14 also provides an illustration of a microphone and one or more speakers that can be used for audio input and output from the mobile device. The display screen may be a liquid crystal display (LCD) screen, or other type of display screen such as an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display. The display screen can be configured as a touch screen. The touch screen may use capacitive, resistive, or another type of touch screen technology. An application processor and a graphics processor can be coupled to internal memory to provide processing and display capabilities. A non-volatile memory port can also be used to provide data input/output options to a user. The non-volatile memory port may also be used to expand the memory capabilities of the mobile device. A keyboard may be integrated with the mobile device or wirelessly connected to the mobile device to provide additional user input. A virtual keyboard may also be provided using the touch screen. - It should be understood that many of the functional units described in this specification have been labeled as modules, in order to more particularly emphasize their implementation independence. For example, a module may be implemented as a hardware circuit comprising custom VLSI circuits or gate arrays, off-the-shelf semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, or other discrete components. A module may also be implemented in programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable array logic, programmable logic devices or the like.
- Modules may also be implemented in software for execution by various types of processors. An identified module of executable code may, for instance, comprise one or more physical or logical blocks of computer instructions, which may, for instance, be organized as an object, procedure, or function. Nevertheless, the executables of an identified module need not be physically located together, but may comprise disparate instructions stored in different locations which, when joined logically together, comprise the module and achieve the stated purpose for the module.
- Indeed, a module of executable code may be a single instruction, or many instructions, and may even be distributed over several different code segments, among different programs, and across several memory devices. Similarly, operational data may be identified and illustrated herein within modules, and may be embodied in any suitable form and organized within any suitable type of data structure. The operational data may be collected as a single data set, or may be distributed over different locations including over different storage devices, and may exist, at least partially, merely as electronic signals on a system or network. The modules may be passive or active, including agents operable to perform desired functions.
- Various techniques, or certain aspects or portions thereof, may take the form of program code (i.e., instructions) embodied in tangible media, such as floppy diskettes, CD-ROMs, hard drives, or any other machine-readable storage medium wherein, when the program code is loaded into and executed by a machine, such as a computer, the machine becomes an apparatus for practicing the various techniques. In the case of program code execution on programmable computers, the computing device may include a processor, a storage medium readable by the processor (including volatile and non-volatile memory and/or storage elements), at least one input device, and at least one output device. One or more programs that may implement or utilize the various techniques described herein may use an application programming interface (API), reusable controls, and the like. Such programs may be implemented in a high level procedural or object oriented programming language to communicate with a computer system. However, the program(s) may be implemented in assembly or machine language, if desired. In any case, the language may be a compiled or interpreted language, and combined with hardware implementations.
- Reference throughout this specification to “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Thus, appearances of the phrases “in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment.
- As used herein, a plurality of items, structural elements, compositional elements, and/or materials may be presented in a common list for convenience. However, these lists should be construed as though each member of the list is individually identified as a separate and unique member. Thus, no individual member of such list should be construed as a de facto equivalent of any other member of the same list solely based on their presentation in a common group without indications to the contrary. In addition, various embodiments and example of the present invention may be referred to herein along with alternatives for the various components thereof. It is understood that such embodiments, examples, and alternatives are not to be construed as defacto equivalents of one another, but are to be considered as separate and autonomous representations of the present invention.
- Furthermore, the described features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. In the following description, numerous specific details are provided, such as examples of materials, fasteners, sizes, lengths, widths, shapes, etc., to provide a thorough understanding of embodiments of the invention. One skilled in the relevant art will recognize, however, that the invention can be practiced without one or more of the specific details, or with other methods, components, materials, etc. In other instances, well-known structures, materials, or operations are not shown or described in detail to avoid obscuring aspects of the invention.
- While the forgoing examples are illustrative of the principles of the present invention in one or more particular applications, it will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art that numerous modifications in form, usage and details of implementation can be made without the exercise of inventive faculty, and without departing from the principles and concepts of the invention. Accordingly, it is not intended that the invention be limited, except as by the claims set forth below.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US15/014,770 US9615378B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-02-03 | Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261612188P | 2012-03-16 | 2012-03-16 | |
US13/592,598 US9288797B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-23 | Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication |
US15/014,770 US9615378B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-02-03 | Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/592,598 Continuation US9288797B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-23 | Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication |
Publications (3)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20160164656A1 US20160164656A1 (en) | 2016-06-09 |
US9615378B2 US9615378B2 (en) | 2017-04-04 |
US20170099130A9 true US20170099130A9 (en) | 2017-04-06 |
Family
ID=48483156
Family Applications (30)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/570,941 Active 2034-10-12 US9526091B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-09 | Method and apparatus for coordination of self-optimization functions in a wireless network |
US13/591,865 Active 2034-10-07 US9655086B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-22 | Enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) with physical resource block (PRB) bundling |
US13/591,673 Active 2034-12-21 US9398572B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-22 | Enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC) |
US13/593,044 Active 2032-11-08 US8885526B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-23 | HARQ/ACK codebook size determination |
US13/592,598 Active 2033-06-13 US9288797B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-23 | Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication |
US13/598,320 Active 2033-07-17 US9226278B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-29 | Enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) |
US13/600,675 Abandoned US20130242887A1 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-31 | Intra-qci scheduler and method for intra-qci scheduling in a wireless access network |
US13/620,093 Active 2032-11-02 US8817734B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-14 | Physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission time interval (TTI) bundling |
US13/620,108 Expired - Fee Related US8958379B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-14 | Physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource mapping using an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) |
US13/625,977 Expired - Fee Related US8902741B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-25 | User equipment and method for reducing delay in a radio access network |
US13/626,661 Active US8793743B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-25 | Multicast broadcast multimedia service-assisted content distribution |
US13/628,923 Expired - Fee Related US9155082B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-27 | Interference mitigation in the context of heterogeneous networks with coordinated transmission points with a common transmission point identity |
US13/629,546 Active 2032-11-11 US8989118B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-27 | Uplink control channel resource mapping for an enhanced PDCCH in LTE systems |
US13/629,928 Active 2033-03-05 US9215701B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-28 | Random access channel enhancements for LTE devices |
US13/629,682 Active US8923323B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-28 | Techniques for timers associated with powering receiver circuitry at a wireless device |
US13/631,341 Active 2034-02-23 US9271278B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-28 | RF chain usage in a dual network architecture |
US13/716,978 Active 2033-11-23 US9686089B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-12-17 | Scheduling timing design for a TDD system |
US13/845,328 Active 2034-11-26 US9948475B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-03-18 | Providing assistance to a base station from user equipment |
US13/845,309 Abandoned US20130242831A1 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-03-18 | Client Initiated Idle Mode Transition |
US13/845,278 Active 2033-06-30 US9386571B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-03-18 | Switching discontinuous reception parameters |
US14/070,243 Active 2033-10-08 US10469240B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-11-01 | Providing assistance to a base station from user equipment |
US14/165,311 Active 2033-03-12 US9516628B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2014-01-27 | Method and apparatus for coordination of self-optimization functions in a wireless network |
US14/314,296 Active US9258805B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2014-06-25 | HARQ/ACK codebook size determination |
US14/318,435 Active US9432978B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2014-06-27 | Multicast broadcast multimedia service-assisted content distribution |
US14/536,111 Active US9326278B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2014-11-07 | User equipment and method for reducing delay in a radio access network |
US15/014,770 Active US9615378B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-02-03 | Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication |
US15/164,085 Active 2032-11-02 US10530558B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-05-25 | Intra-QCI scheduler and method for intra-QCI scheduling in a wireless access network |
US15/216,993 Active US10320552B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-07-22 | Multicast broadcast multimedia service-assisted content distribution |
US15/594,267 Active 2033-01-22 US10374783B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-05-12 | Scheduling timing design for a TDD system |
US16/408,724 Active US10637635B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2019-05-10 | Scheduling timing design for a TDD system |
Family Applications Before (25)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/570,941 Active 2034-10-12 US9526091B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-09 | Method and apparatus for coordination of self-optimization functions in a wireless network |
US13/591,865 Active 2034-10-07 US9655086B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-22 | Enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) with physical resource block (PRB) bundling |
US13/591,673 Active 2034-12-21 US9398572B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-22 | Enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC) |
US13/593,044 Active 2032-11-08 US8885526B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-23 | HARQ/ACK codebook size determination |
US13/592,598 Active 2033-06-13 US9288797B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-23 | Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication |
US13/598,320 Active 2033-07-17 US9226278B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-29 | Enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) |
US13/600,675 Abandoned US20130242887A1 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-08-31 | Intra-qci scheduler and method for intra-qci scheduling in a wireless access network |
US13/620,093 Active 2032-11-02 US8817734B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-14 | Physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission time interval (TTI) bundling |
US13/620,108 Expired - Fee Related US8958379B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-14 | Physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource mapping using an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) |
US13/625,977 Expired - Fee Related US8902741B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-25 | User equipment and method for reducing delay in a radio access network |
US13/626,661 Active US8793743B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-25 | Multicast broadcast multimedia service-assisted content distribution |
US13/628,923 Expired - Fee Related US9155082B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-27 | Interference mitigation in the context of heterogeneous networks with coordinated transmission points with a common transmission point identity |
US13/629,546 Active 2032-11-11 US8989118B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-27 | Uplink control channel resource mapping for an enhanced PDCCH in LTE systems |
US13/629,928 Active 2033-03-05 US9215701B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-28 | Random access channel enhancements for LTE devices |
US13/629,682 Active US8923323B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-28 | Techniques for timers associated with powering receiver circuitry at a wireless device |
US13/631,341 Active 2034-02-23 US9271278B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-09-28 | RF chain usage in a dual network architecture |
US13/716,978 Active 2033-11-23 US9686089B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2012-12-17 | Scheduling timing design for a TDD system |
US13/845,328 Active 2034-11-26 US9948475B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-03-18 | Providing assistance to a base station from user equipment |
US13/845,309 Abandoned US20130242831A1 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-03-18 | Client Initiated Idle Mode Transition |
US13/845,278 Active 2033-06-30 US9386571B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-03-18 | Switching discontinuous reception parameters |
US14/070,243 Active 2033-10-08 US10469240B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-11-01 | Providing assistance to a base station from user equipment |
US14/165,311 Active 2033-03-12 US9516628B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2014-01-27 | Method and apparatus for coordination of self-optimization functions in a wireless network |
US14/314,296 Active US9258805B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2014-06-25 | HARQ/ACK codebook size determination |
US14/318,435 Active US9432978B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2014-06-27 | Multicast broadcast multimedia service-assisted content distribution |
US14/536,111 Active US9326278B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2014-11-07 | User equipment and method for reducing delay in a radio access network |
Family Applications After (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/164,085 Active 2032-11-02 US10530558B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-05-25 | Intra-QCI scheduler and method for intra-QCI scheduling in a wireless access network |
US15/216,993 Active US10320552B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-07-22 | Multicast broadcast multimedia service-assisted content distribution |
US15/594,267 Active 2033-01-22 US10374783B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-05-12 | Scheduling timing design for a TDD system |
US16/408,724 Active US10637635B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2019-05-10 | Scheduling timing design for a TDD system |
Country Status (22)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (30) | US9526091B2 (en) |
EP (22) | EP2826189B1 (en) |
JP (19) | JP6022610B2 (en) |
KR (12) | KR101652188B1 (en) |
CN (20) | CN104205884B (en) |
AU (7) | AU2013232616B2 (en) |
BE (2) | BE1021235B1 (en) |
BR (2) | BR112014020867B1 (en) |
CA (4) | CA2866352C (en) |
ES (13) | ES2656895T3 (en) |
FI (3) | FI3754877T3 (en) |
FR (1) | FR3055080A1 (en) |
HK (5) | HK1204399A1 (en) |
HU (10) | HUE036111T2 (en) |
IT (2) | ITMI20130394A1 (en) |
MX (3) | MX347863B (en) |
MY (3) | MY178014A (en) |
NL (3) | NL2010449C2 (en) |
RU (8) | RU2596151C2 (en) |
SE (3) | SE542848C2 (en) |
TW (4) | TWI539771B (en) |
WO (17) | WO2013138021A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9813966B1 (en) * | 2013-09-11 | 2017-11-07 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Sub-cell power adjustment |
US11218909B2 (en) * | 2017-11-16 | 2022-01-04 | Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy | Adaptive transmission direction selection in cellular network |
Families Citing this family (710)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11309943B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2022-04-19 | Rearden, Llc | System and methods for planned evolution and obsolescence of multiuser spectrum |
US10749582B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2020-08-18 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods to coordinate transmissions in distributed wireless systems via user clustering |
US9826537B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2017-11-21 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for managing inter-cluster handoff of clients which traverse multiple DIDO clusters |
US10985811B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2021-04-20 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed antenna wireless communications |
US8542763B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2013-09-24 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods to coordinate transmissions in distributed wireless systems via user clustering |
US10425134B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2019-09-24 | Rearden, Llc | System and methods for planned evolution and obsolescence of multiuser spectrum |
US8654815B1 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2014-02-18 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed antenna wireless communications |
US10200094B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2019-02-05 | Rearden, Llc | Interference management, handoff, power control and link adaptation in distributed-input distributed-output (DIDO) communication systems |
US10886979B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2021-01-05 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for link adaptation in DIDO multicarrier systems |
US10277290B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2019-04-30 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods to exploit areas of coherence in wireless systems |
US10187133B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2019-01-22 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for power control and antenna grouping in a distributed-input-distributed-output (DIDO) network |
US11451275B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2022-09-20 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed antenna wireless communications |
US9312929B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2016-04-12 | Rearden, Llc | System and methods to compensate for Doppler effects in multi-user (MU) multiple antenna systems (MAS) |
US9819403B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2017-11-14 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for managing handoff of a client between different distributed-input-distributed-output (DIDO) networks based on detected velocity of the client |
US11394436B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2022-07-19 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed antenna wireless communications |
US9685997B2 (en) | 2007-08-20 | 2017-06-20 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods to enhance spatial diversity in distributed-input distributed-output wireless systems |
EP2194738B1 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2021-05-26 | Denso Corporation | Wireless communication system, base station apparatus and mobile station apparatus |
US9210586B2 (en) * | 2009-05-08 | 2015-12-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for generating and exchanging information for coverage optimization in wireless networks |
US8917677B2 (en) * | 2010-04-14 | 2014-12-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Systems and methods for bundling resource blocks in a wireless communication system |
US20110264530A1 (en) | 2010-04-23 | 2011-10-27 | Bryan Santangelo | Apparatus and methods for dynamic secondary content and data insertion and delivery |
KR101825638B1 (en) * | 2011-01-19 | 2018-02-05 | 주식회사 팬택 | Resource Allocation Method For HARQ ACK/NACK And HARQ ACK/NACK Signal Transmitting Method And Apparatus |
WO2012099388A2 (en) * | 2011-01-21 | 2012-07-26 | 주식회사 팬택 | Method and apparatus for processing a harq ack/nack signal |
CN103503536B (en) | 2011-04-29 | 2017-10-10 | 诺基亚通信公司 | Method and apparatus for handling uplink control data in the wireless network |
US8965375B2 (en) * | 2011-05-04 | 2015-02-24 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Pathloss based access node wake-up control |
US9007972B2 (en) | 2011-07-01 | 2015-04-14 | Intel Corporation | Communication state transitioning control |
JP5898874B2 (en) * | 2011-07-15 | 2016-04-06 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal, radio base station apparatus, radio communication system, and radio communication method |
WO2013043023A2 (en) * | 2011-09-23 | 2013-03-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting control information and apparatus for same |
EP3091684B1 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2017-11-08 | LG Electronics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting control information |
WO2013051865A2 (en) * | 2011-10-04 | 2013-04-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | A system and a method of configuring radio access network parameters for a user equipment connected to a wireless network system |
US9055136B2 (en) * | 2011-10-13 | 2015-06-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Controlling streaming delay in networks |
US20140314038A1 (en) * | 2011-11-16 | 2014-10-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting control information in a wireless communication system |
CN103139911B (en) | 2011-11-25 | 2016-10-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Realize the method for carrier aggregation, base station and subscriber equipment |
SI2760275T1 (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2022-06-30 | Rockwool International A/S | Plant growth system |
US9071985B2 (en) * | 2012-02-01 | 2015-06-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and method for user equipment assisted congestion control |
CN103249087B (en) * | 2012-02-10 | 2016-08-10 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of control channel resource transmission method, base station and subscriber equipment |
EP2637344B1 (en) * | 2012-03-05 | 2022-01-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | HARQ-ACK signal transmission in response to detection of control channel type in case of multiple control channel types |
WO2013133679A1 (en) * | 2012-03-09 | 2013-09-12 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transreceiving signals and apparatus for same |
US9544876B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-01-10 | Intel Corporation | Downlink control information (DCI) validation for enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) |
US9526091B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-12-20 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for coordination of self-optimization functions in a wireless network |
US9622287B2 (en) * | 2012-03-19 | 2017-04-11 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | System and method for supporting switching between a packet-switched network and a circuit-switched network |
CN103327614B (en) * | 2012-03-19 | 2016-08-03 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | By the method for the eCCE implicit association that the PUCCH resource being used for the extension of ACK/NACK is used with ePDCCH |
CN103327521B (en) * | 2012-03-20 | 2016-12-14 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | For distributing and detect method and the equipment of downlink control channel resource |
US8995366B2 (en) * | 2012-03-23 | 2015-03-31 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Radio link monitoring in a wireless communication device for a enhanced control channel |
US9674855B2 (en) * | 2012-03-29 | 2017-06-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | H-ARQ timing determination under cross-carrier scheduling in LTE |
US9596697B2 (en) | 2012-04-03 | 2017-03-14 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Application controller for quality-of-service configuration of a telecommunication device radio |
US20130258929A1 (en) * | 2012-04-03 | 2013-10-03 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Rule-Based Application Controller for Signaling Reduction |
US9462586B2 (en) * | 2012-04-05 | 2016-10-04 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and device for aggregating carriers in wireless communication system |
US9438883B2 (en) * | 2012-04-09 | 2016-09-06 | Intel Corporation | Quality of experience reporting for combined unicast-multicast/broadcast streaming of media content |
US9078130B2 (en) * | 2012-04-10 | 2015-07-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Secure reception reporting |
US9226203B2 (en) * | 2012-04-11 | 2015-12-29 | Apple Inc. | Method for implementing autonomous management of radio resources across dual networks |
US9143984B2 (en) | 2012-04-13 | 2015-09-22 | Intel Corporation | Mapping of enhanced physical downlink control channels in a wireless communication network |
US9184810B2 (en) * | 2012-04-13 | 2015-11-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Scheduling algorithms for multi-user (MU) multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication systems |
US9680623B2 (en) * | 2012-04-20 | 2017-06-13 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for reporting channel state, and apparatus therefor |
CN103378954B (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2019-03-15 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | The method for supporting to send the distribution HARQ-ACK channel resource of diversity and channel selection |
US9148213B2 (en) * | 2012-05-04 | 2015-09-29 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for radio frequency repeating |
CN108183777B (en) | 2012-05-10 | 2020-12-18 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Method and apparatus for hybrid automatic repeat request signaling |
US9515759B2 (en) * | 2012-05-11 | 2016-12-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of demodulating data on new type of carrier wave |
US9584297B2 (en) | 2012-05-11 | 2017-02-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Interference management for adaptive TDD with frequency domain separations |
CN103427964A (en) * | 2012-05-25 | 2013-12-04 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Data transmission method, device and system |
US8743820B2 (en) * | 2012-05-30 | 2014-06-03 | Intel Corporation | PUCCH resource allocation with enhanced PDCCH |
US9185620B2 (en) | 2012-05-30 | 2015-11-10 | Intel Corporation | Adaptive UL-DL configurations in a TDD heterogeneous network |
WO2013180518A1 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2013-12-05 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transceiving control signals and apparatus therefor |
JP5990793B2 (en) * | 2012-06-07 | 2016-09-14 | シャープ株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, communication method, and integrated circuit |
KR101718672B1 (en) * | 2012-06-14 | 2017-03-21 | 후지쯔 가부시끼가이샤 | Method and apparatus for determining uplink control channel resources |
US9749094B2 (en) * | 2012-06-14 | 2017-08-29 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Devices for sending and receiving feedback information |
WO2013186594A1 (en) * | 2012-06-14 | 2013-12-19 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Systems and methods for prioritizing a ue in an uplink scheduler |
KR101410995B1 (en) * | 2012-06-15 | 2014-07-01 | 주식회사 케이티 | Mobile communication system for providing carrier aggregation between digital units and method for processing signal in the same |
CN103517420B (en) * | 2012-06-15 | 2017-07-28 | 华为终端有限公司 | Resource is configured with receiving the method and terminal device of Downlink Control Information |
WO2013189018A1 (en) * | 2012-06-18 | 2013-12-27 | 富士通株式会社 | Method and apparatus for triggering aperiodic feedback in coordinated multiple points transmission |
CN103516499B (en) * | 2012-06-19 | 2017-06-13 | 电信科学技术研究院 | A kind of ACK/NACK number of bits of feedback determines method and device |
US9497747B2 (en) * | 2012-06-22 | 2016-11-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Data transmission in carrier aggregation with different carrier configurations |
CN103516496B (en) * | 2012-06-27 | 2018-12-25 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | A method of sending HARQ-ACK feedback information |
CN103516474B (en) * | 2012-06-28 | 2017-11-07 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Physical uplink control channel resource determines method and user equipment |
US9300395B2 (en) * | 2012-07-05 | 2016-03-29 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for carrier aggregation |
CN104471877B (en) * | 2012-07-13 | 2018-01-30 | Lg电子株式会社 | The method and apparatus for sending control information |
WO2014014254A1 (en) * | 2012-07-16 | 2014-01-23 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting reception confirmation in wireless communication system |
KR102138556B1 (en) | 2012-07-17 | 2020-07-28 | 선 페이턴트 트러스트 | Terminal device, method executed on terminal and integrated circuit |
EP2876928B1 (en) * | 2012-07-18 | 2023-11-15 | Sun Patent Trust | Terminal device, and buffer partitioning method |
JP5395229B1 (en) * | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-22 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Mobile communication method |
US9444608B2 (en) * | 2012-07-26 | 2016-09-13 | Huawei Device Co., Ltd. | Control channel transmission method and apparatus to implement transmission of ePDCCHs through an eREG in a unit physical resource block |
WO2014017155A1 (en) * | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Wireless communication system and wireless base station |
CN103181230B (en) * | 2012-07-27 | 2014-05-07 | 华为终端有限公司 | Control channel transmission method, apparatus and device |
WO2014017746A1 (en) * | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and terminal for performing harq |
US9504029B2 (en) * | 2012-08-01 | 2016-11-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for signaling control information, and apparatus therefor |
JP6203177B2 (en) * | 2012-08-02 | 2017-09-27 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Communications system |
US8913518B2 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2014-12-16 | Intel Corporation | Enhanced node B, user equipment and methods for discontinuous reception in inter-ENB carrier aggregation |
US9191828B2 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2015-11-17 | Intel Corporation | High efficiency distributed device-to-device (D2D) channel access |
US10433159B2 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2019-10-01 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Uplink signaling for cooperative multipoint communication |
SG11201500716SA (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2015-02-27 | Nokia Solutions & Networks Oy | Control channel element indexing scheme |
US9036603B2 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2015-05-19 | Intel Corporation | Network assistance for device-to-device discovery |
US9839009B2 (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2017-12-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for processing control and/or shared channels in long term evolution (LTE) |
US9526022B2 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2016-12-20 | Intel Corporation | Establishing operating system and application-based routing policies in multi-mode user equipment |
HUE040578T2 (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2019-03-28 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | ePDCCH SEARCH SPACE DESIGN |
JP2015523825A (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2015-08-13 | ノキア ソリューションズ アンド ネットワークス オサケユキチュア | Method and apparatus |
US9554296B2 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2017-01-24 | Intel Corporation | Device trigger recall/replace feature for 3GPP/M2M systems |
EP2880955B1 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2021-03-31 | Apple Inc. | Method for enabling device-to-device communication |
CN103580824B (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2016-12-21 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | The method carrying out autonomous retransmission feedback in subscriber equipment in carrier aggregation network |
US9197376B2 (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2015-11-24 | Broadcom Corporation | Transmission time interval (TTI) bundling operation within communication systems |
GB2504701A (en) * | 2012-08-06 | 2014-02-12 | Nec Corp | Determining current state of a mobile device |
WO2014025140A1 (en) * | 2012-08-06 | 2014-02-13 | Kt Corporation | Control information transmission and uplink control channel resource mapping |
KR101584756B1 (en) * | 2012-08-06 | 2016-01-12 | 주식회사 케이티 | Method for transiting Control Information of Transmission/Reception Point, Transmission/Reception Point thereof, Method for mapping Uplink Control Channel Resource of Terminal and Terminal thereof |
US9660787B2 (en) * | 2012-08-07 | 2017-05-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting reception acknowledgement in wireless communication system |
US10419309B2 (en) * | 2012-08-08 | 2019-09-17 | Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy | Self organizing network operation diagnosis function |
US9386583B2 (en) * | 2012-08-10 | 2016-07-05 | Alcatel Lucent | Methods and systems for determining uplink resources |
US9184886B2 (en) * | 2012-08-10 | 2015-11-10 | Blackberry Limited | TD LTE secondary component carrier in unlicensed bands |
US10397942B2 (en) * | 2012-08-10 | 2019-08-27 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Method of handling communication operation in TDD system and related apparatus |
US9655087B2 (en) | 2012-08-16 | 2017-05-16 | Kt Corporation | Configuration and mapping of uplink control channel resource |
US10243794B2 (en) * | 2012-08-30 | 2019-03-26 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Open architecture for self-organizing networks |
US10506558B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2019-12-10 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Performance-based optimization of QoS factors |
US10506460B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2019-12-10 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Self-organizing network mechanism for energy saving during an outage |
US10499259B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2019-12-03 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Special events module for self-organizing networks |
US10142242B2 (en) * | 2012-08-30 | 2018-11-27 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Network support node traffic reduction for self-organizing networks |
EP3657844B1 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2022-03-09 | LG Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for estimating channel in wireless communication system |
CN107959562B (en) * | 2012-09-07 | 2020-12-25 | 三星电子株式会社 | Multiplexing resource element groups for control channel elements of a control channel |
JP5712261B2 (en) * | 2012-09-11 | 2015-05-07 | 創新音▲速▼股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Method and user device for notifying PPI |
WO2014042456A1 (en) * | 2012-09-17 | 2014-03-20 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for receiving downlink signal in wireless communication system |
US9369248B2 (en) * | 2012-09-19 | 2016-06-14 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and communication node for mapping an enhanced physical downlink control channel, EPDCCH, message |
WO2014043863A1 (en) * | 2012-09-19 | 2014-03-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for separating a cell cluster for lte eimta interference mitigation |
CN103686772A (en) * | 2012-09-20 | 2014-03-26 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Enhancement downlink control channel configuration and detection methods and device, base station and terminal |
JP6082115B2 (en) * | 2012-09-21 | 2017-02-15 | エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド | Method and apparatus for receiving or transmitting a downlink control signal in a wireless communication system |
US9295048B2 (en) * | 2012-09-24 | 2016-03-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for supporting hybrid carrier aggregation |
EP2823594A4 (en) * | 2012-09-25 | 2015-10-14 | Nec China Co Ltd | Method and apparatus for enhancing coverage |
TWI520545B (en) * | 2012-09-26 | 2016-02-01 | 蘋果公司 | Method for simultaneously receiving lte and 1x in srlte device |
US20140086110A1 (en) * | 2012-09-27 | 2014-03-27 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for counting timer for retransmission in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
KR20140041310A (en) * | 2012-09-27 | 2014-04-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for processing packet |
US9464661B2 (en) * | 2012-09-27 | 2016-10-11 | W. H. Barnett, JR. | Pony rod, connecting rod, and crosshead assemblies and method |
US9622234B2 (en) * | 2012-09-27 | 2017-04-11 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America | Wireless communication terminal, base station device, and resource allocation method |
ES2614354T3 (en) | 2012-09-27 | 2017-05-30 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and systems for allocating HARQ resources in the PUCCH with TDD for the enhanced physical downlink control (EPDCCH) channel |
US8923880B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2014-12-30 | Intel Corporation | Selective joinder of user equipment with wireless cell |
CN103843431B (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2019-11-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Processing method, device and the communication system in common search area |
CN103716121B (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2019-03-08 | 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 | A kind of method and apparatus for determining the Downlink Control Information based on ePDCCH |
KR101713917B1 (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2017-03-09 | 노키아 솔루션스 앤드 네트웍스 오와이 | Pucch resource allocation for e-pdcch in communications system |
US9031021B2 (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2015-05-12 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for indicating physical resource block pairs for EPDCCH |
CN103716887B (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2017-04-05 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | For determining method, device and the equipment of the device channel resource of user equipment |
US9973315B2 (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2018-05-15 | Intel Corporation | Systems and methods for semi-persistent scheduling of wireless communications |
WO2014047940A1 (en) * | 2012-09-29 | 2014-04-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | Power determining method, user equipment, and base station |
CN108833066A (en) * | 2012-09-29 | 2018-11-16 | 索尼公司 | Base station equipment, terminal device and communication system |
WO2014047927A1 (en) * | 2012-09-29 | 2014-04-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | Control information sending method, receiving method, and apparatus |
CN103716274B (en) * | 2012-09-29 | 2018-08-07 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | The transmission method and device of Downlink Control Information |
KR102157651B1 (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2020-09-18 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transreceiving downlink signal by considering antenna port relationship in wireless communication system |
US9088332B2 (en) * | 2012-10-05 | 2015-07-21 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Mitigation of interference from a mobile relay node to heterogeneous networks |
US20140098725A1 (en) * | 2012-10-10 | 2014-04-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Controlling transmission of protocol data units |
DE112012007001T5 (en) * | 2012-10-10 | 2015-07-02 | Broadcom Corporation | Control channel configuration for stand-alone new carrier type |
US20140098744A1 (en) * | 2012-10-10 | 2014-04-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method for controlling transmission of protocol data units |
EP2908446B1 (en) * | 2012-10-14 | 2017-09-27 | LG Electronics Inc. -1- | Method and apparatus for transmitting acknowledgement in wireless communication system |
US10306594B2 (en) * | 2012-10-30 | 2019-05-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink coverage enhancements |
KR102020363B1 (en) * | 2012-10-31 | 2019-09-10 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving media segment using adaptive streaming |
KR101941996B1 (en) * | 2012-10-31 | 2019-01-24 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method for device-to-device communications and mobile device using the method |
WO2014067123A1 (en) * | 2012-11-01 | 2014-05-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Control channel detection method, user equipment and base station |
JP6263782B2 (en) * | 2012-11-01 | 2018-01-24 | シャープ株式会社 | Mobile station apparatus, base station apparatus, communication method, and integrated circuit |
US9131368B2 (en) * | 2012-11-02 | 2015-09-08 | General Dynamics C4 Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for communicating in an increased coverage area to a wireless communication unit |
GB2507528A (en) * | 2012-11-02 | 2014-05-07 | Sony Corp | Telecommunications apparatus and methods |
US9655103B2 (en) * | 2012-11-02 | 2017-05-16 | General Dynamics C4 Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for communicating in an increased coverage area to a wireless communication unit |
GB2507529A (en) * | 2012-11-02 | 2014-05-07 | Sony Corp | Telecommunications apparatus and methods |
US9961695B2 (en) * | 2012-11-05 | 2018-05-01 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Scheduling in mobile communications systems |
US9386576B2 (en) * | 2012-11-14 | 2016-07-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | PUCCH resource determination for EPDCCH |
WO2014077607A1 (en) * | 2012-11-14 | 2014-05-22 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for operating terminal in carrier aggregation system, and apparatus using said method |
WO2014081258A1 (en) * | 2012-11-23 | 2014-05-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing scheduling in wireless communication system |
US11050468B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2021-06-29 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for mitigating interference within actively used spectrum |
US9173229B2 (en) * | 2012-11-26 | 2015-10-27 | Apple Inc. | QoS based buffering while TTI bundling is enabled |
US10194346B2 (en) | 2012-11-26 | 2019-01-29 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for exploiting inter-cell multiplexing gain in wireless cellular systems via distributed input distributed output technology |
US11190947B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2021-11-30 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for concurrent spectrum usage within actively used spectrum |
US11189917B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2021-11-30 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for distributing radioheads |
CN103841579B (en) * | 2012-11-27 | 2017-10-31 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | It is used for frequency spectrum detecting method and device in communication system |
US9838331B2 (en) * | 2012-11-27 | 2017-12-05 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Base station, user equipment and method for TCP transmission with dynamic TDD reconfiguration |
US9692550B2 (en) | 2012-11-29 | 2017-06-27 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Systems and methods for waveform selection and adaptation |
US9407302B2 (en) * | 2012-12-03 | 2016-08-02 | Intel Corporation | Communication device, mobile terminal, method for requesting information and method for providing information |
WO2014087454A1 (en) * | 2012-12-05 | 2014-06-12 | Nec Corporation | Radio communication system and communication control method |
WO2014086042A1 (en) * | 2012-12-07 | 2014-06-12 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for use in user equipment configured with epdcch for providing downlink radio link condition |
WO2014092364A1 (en) * | 2012-12-14 | 2014-06-19 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for receiving downlink signals in wireless communication system |
US20140169246A1 (en) * | 2012-12-17 | 2014-06-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Devices and methods for facilitating dynamic power reduction during discontinous reception |
US9699589B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2017-07-04 | Blackberry Limited | Managing sessions for direct device to device communications |
US9271302B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2016-02-23 | Blackberry Limited | Network-managed direct device to device communications |
US9295044B2 (en) * | 2012-12-21 | 2016-03-22 | Blackberry Limited | Resource scheduling in direct device to device communications systems |
US9635657B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2017-04-25 | Blackberry Limited | Resource scheduling in direct device to device communications systems |
US10911172B2 (en) * | 2012-12-28 | 2021-02-02 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | User apparatus, base station, interference reducing method and interference reducing control information notification method |
CN103916948A (en) * | 2013-01-08 | 2014-07-09 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Method and device for power control |
WO2014109038A1 (en) * | 2013-01-10 | 2014-07-17 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Time-series data processing device and method as well as storage medium |
CN105075276B (en) * | 2013-01-11 | 2019-04-16 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | The technology of client device and server apparatus is operated in broadcast communication network |
CN104854773B (en) | 2013-01-14 | 2018-05-11 | 英特尔Ip公司 | Energy acquisition equipment in wireless network |
US10015437B2 (en) * | 2013-01-15 | 2018-07-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Supporting transport diversity and time-shifted buffers for media streaming over a network |
US10420094B2 (en) * | 2013-01-17 | 2019-09-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and system for resource management in TTI (transmission time interval) bundling for improved phase continuity |
US9036580B2 (en) * | 2013-01-17 | 2015-05-19 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Systems and methods for dynamically configuring a flexible subframe |
US9871636B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2018-01-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Enhanced control channel element (ECCE) based physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) resource allocation for long-term evolution (LTE) |
JP6120112B2 (en) * | 2013-01-18 | 2017-04-26 | ▲ホア▼▲ウェイ▼技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. | Feedback information processing method, base station, and user equipment |
US9936518B2 (en) * | 2013-01-18 | 2018-04-03 | Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Method for transport block transmission and blind reception |
CN103945556B (en) * | 2013-01-21 | 2017-10-31 | 电信科学技术研究院 | A kind of method of scheduling of resource, system and equipment |
WO2014113938A1 (en) * | 2013-01-23 | 2014-07-31 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Radio base station and method for precoding signal |
DK2949066T3 (en) * | 2013-01-25 | 2018-12-17 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | PROCEDURE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMPUTER READABLE PRODUCT FOR ACK / NACK REPORTING IN DYNAMIC TDD CONFIGURATIONS |
US10009164B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2018-06-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for utilizing a reconfiguration timer for updating TDD configuration |
WO2014117323A1 (en) * | 2013-01-29 | 2014-08-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Tdd reconfiguration with consideration of dtx/drx |
JP6214878B2 (en) * | 2013-01-31 | 2017-10-18 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User apparatus, base station, interference reduction method, and interference reduction control information notification method |
US20140211676A1 (en) * | 2013-01-31 | 2014-07-31 | Apple Inc. | Dynamic adaptation of a traffic inactivity timer |
KR102214071B1 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2021-02-09 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting receipt acknowledgement in wireless communication system |
WO2014121461A1 (en) * | 2013-02-06 | 2014-08-14 | 华为技术有限公司 | System information scheduling method and device therefor |
KR102071544B1 (en) | 2013-02-18 | 2020-01-30 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for managing measurement gap in wireless communication system |
DE112013006745T5 (en) * | 2013-02-28 | 2015-11-12 | Empire Technology Development Llc | Configure a time-duplex mode |
US9706522B2 (en) * | 2013-03-01 | 2017-07-11 | Intel IP Corporation | Wireless local area network (WLAN) traffic offloading |
WO2014137154A2 (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2014-09-12 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for applying physical resource block (prb) bundling in wireless communications system and apparatus therefor |
CN104039012B (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2018-12-28 | 索尼公司 | Method, base station and the terminal of dynamic downstream arrangements are carried out in a wireless communication system |
US9973246B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2018-05-15 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for exploiting inter-cell multiplexing gain in wireless cellular systems via distributed input distributed output technology |
US9036635B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2015-05-19 | Motorola Solutions, Inc. | Method and apparatus for propagating public safety multicast and broadcast services among public safety personnel |
US9923657B2 (en) * | 2013-03-12 | 2018-03-20 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for exploiting inter-cell multiplexing gain in wireless cellular systems via distributed input distributed output technology |
US10164698B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2018-12-25 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for exploiting inter-cell multiplexing gain in wireless cellular systems via distributed input distributed output technology |
US10488535B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2019-11-26 | Rearden, Llc | Apparatus and method for capturing still images and video using diffraction coded imaging techniques |
US9191930B2 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2015-11-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transmission of acknowledgement information in adaptively configured TDD communication systems |
US20140269336A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring physical downlink control channel in a system having cells |
US10547358B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-01-28 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for radio frequency calibration exploiting channel reciprocity in distributed input distributed output wireless communications |
US9066153B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2015-06-23 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for multicast delivery of content in a content delivery network |
US10736087B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2020-08-04 | Apple Inc. | Secondary component carrier future scheduling in LTE carrier aggregation |
EP2979488B1 (en) * | 2013-03-25 | 2018-07-11 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Method for initiating handover, wireless device and base station |
US20150304997A1 (en) * | 2013-03-26 | 2015-10-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting and receiving signal in multiple cell-based wireless communication system, and apparatus for same |
US9331759B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-05-03 | Intel IP Corporation | HARQ timing design for a TDD system |
US9179445B2 (en) * | 2013-04-02 | 2015-11-03 | Blackberry Limited | Communication in the presence of uplink-downlink configuration change |
US10305626B2 (en) | 2013-04-05 | 2019-05-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Enhanced transmission time interval bundling design for machine type communications |
JP2016119496A (en) * | 2013-04-10 | 2016-06-30 | シャープ株式会社 | Base station device, terminal device, radio communication system, and integrated circuit |
US9755810B2 (en) * | 2013-04-12 | 2017-09-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Precoder resource bundling information for interference cancellation in LTE |
US9084275B2 (en) * | 2013-04-12 | 2015-07-14 | Blackberry Limited | Selecting an uplink-downlink configuration for a cluster of cells |
AU2013381337B2 (en) * | 2013-04-25 | 2016-02-25 | Intel Corporation | Millimeter-wave communication device and method for intelligent control of transmit power and power density |
EP2992703A1 (en) * | 2013-04-30 | 2016-03-09 | Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy | Method of operating a communication network |
EP2996261B1 (en) * | 2013-05-07 | 2018-12-19 | LG Electronics Inc. | Method for performing measurement in wireless communications system and apparatus therefor |
US9692582B2 (en) * | 2013-05-09 | 2017-06-27 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Systems and methods for signaling reference configurations |
US20140341031A1 (en) * | 2013-05-20 | 2014-11-20 | Nokia Corporation | Differentiation of traffic flows mapped to the same bearer |
US9432873B2 (en) * | 2013-05-20 | 2016-08-30 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Differentiation of traffic flows for uplink transmission |
CN105308917B (en) * | 2013-05-22 | 2019-03-01 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of priority dispatching method, user equipment and base station |
US8903373B1 (en) * | 2013-05-27 | 2014-12-02 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Method and system for coordinating cellular networks operation |
JP6102528B2 (en) * | 2013-06-03 | 2017-03-29 | 富士通株式会社 | Signal processing apparatus and signal processing method |
EP3008946B1 (en) * | 2013-06-11 | 2018-08-08 | Seven Networks, LLC | Offloading application traffic to a shared communication channel for signal optimization in a wireless network for traffic utilizing proprietary and non-proprietary protocols |
CN105284145B (en) * | 2013-06-12 | 2020-04-21 | 诺基亚通信公司 | Method for coordinating a communication network |
CN104243087B (en) * | 2013-06-13 | 2019-02-12 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of sending method of data and control information, method of reseptance, base station and terminal |
JP6115636B2 (en) * | 2013-06-17 | 2017-04-19 | 日本電気株式会社 | Apparatus, method, and program for Self-Organizing Network |
US9468036B2 (en) * | 2013-06-18 | 2016-10-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reduced circuit-switched voice user equipment current using discontinuous transmissions on dedicated channels |
WO2014203392A1 (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | シャープ株式会社 | Terminal, base station, communication system, and communication method |
US20140376459A1 (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Aggregating data to improve performance at a user equipment (ue) |
WO2014208622A1 (en) * | 2013-06-26 | 2014-12-31 | シャープ株式会社 | Radio communication system, base station apparatus, terminal apparatus, radio communication method and integrated circuit |
JP6176325B2 (en) * | 2013-06-28 | 2017-08-09 | 富士通株式会社 | Base station apparatus, mobile station apparatus, service quality control apparatus, and communication method |
US9526099B2 (en) | 2013-07-03 | 2016-12-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and methods for early transport format determination |
US10051507B2 (en) * | 2013-07-03 | 2018-08-14 | Mediatek Inc. | Traffic shaping mechanism for UE power saving in idle mode |
US9723616B2 (en) * | 2013-07-10 | 2017-08-01 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Predictable scheduler for interference mitigation |
US10051665B2 (en) * | 2013-07-16 | 2018-08-14 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure in wireless communication system |
US10555286B2 (en) * | 2013-07-30 | 2020-02-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink control information (UCI) transmission with bundling considerations |
JP2015046853A (en) * | 2013-08-02 | 2015-03-12 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User device, base station, interference reduction method, and notification method of interference reduction control information |
WO2015017978A1 (en) * | 2013-08-06 | 2015-02-12 | Mediatek Inc. | Drx operations in adaptive tdd systems |
EP3429295B1 (en) * | 2013-08-07 | 2019-10-23 | Sun Patent Trust | Communication apparatus and method |
US20150043434A1 (en) * | 2013-08-08 | 2015-02-12 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Systems and methods for subframe bundling |
US9167449B2 (en) * | 2013-08-08 | 2015-10-20 | Blackberry Limited | Dynamic cell clustering |
US20150043391A1 (en) * | 2013-08-08 | 2015-02-12 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Systems and methods for reconfiguration signaling |
JPWO2015022952A1 (en) * | 2013-08-13 | 2017-03-02 | 日本電気株式会社 | Radio parameter control apparatus, radio base station, radio communication system, radio parameter control method, and program |
EP3042539B1 (en) * | 2013-09-03 | 2018-11-07 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Radio base station and method therein |
WO2015032032A1 (en) * | 2013-09-03 | 2015-03-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting media stream and user equipment |
US20150078188A1 (en) * | 2013-09-13 | 2015-03-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink channel design with coverage enhancements |
US9516541B2 (en) * | 2013-09-17 | 2016-12-06 | Intel IP Corporation | Congestion measurement and reporting for real-time delay-sensitive applications |
CA2924935C (en) * | 2013-09-23 | 2018-05-29 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communications system, control apparatus, and network management server |
WO2015042835A1 (en) * | 2013-09-26 | 2015-04-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT USAGE OF DAI BITS FOR eIMTA IN LTE |
CN105557018B (en) * | 2013-09-25 | 2019-06-11 | 英特尔公司 | The end-to-end tunnel (E2E) for multi radio access technology (more RAT) |
US9510389B2 (en) * | 2013-09-26 | 2016-11-29 | Blackberry Limited | Discontinuous reception configuration |
WO2015042893A1 (en) * | 2013-09-27 | 2015-04-02 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method, user equipment and base station for transmitting uplink data |
EP3050236B1 (en) * | 2013-09-27 | 2020-07-29 | Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy | Bundling harq feedback in a time division duplexing communication system |
US9743452B2 (en) * | 2013-09-30 | 2017-08-22 | Apple Inc. | Adaptive reception of LTE in a single radio wireless device |
WO2015050417A1 (en) * | 2013-10-06 | 2015-04-09 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transceiving signal from device-to-device terminal in wireless communication system |
US9872210B2 (en) * | 2013-10-16 | 2018-01-16 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Adaptive rate of congestion indicator to enhance intelligent traffic steering |
US9474089B2 (en) * | 2013-10-22 | 2016-10-18 | Acer Incorporated | User equipment and base station with configurable carrier |
CN105766005B (en) * | 2013-10-24 | 2019-09-20 | 康维达无线有限责任公司 | Service overlay management system and method |
EP3065458B1 (en) * | 2013-10-29 | 2019-09-11 | Kyocera Corporation | Base station |
US9572171B2 (en) | 2013-10-31 | 2017-02-14 | Intel IP Corporation | Systems, methods, and devices for efficient device-to-device channel contention |
CN111970702A (en) * | 2013-11-01 | 2020-11-20 | 三菱电机株式会社 | Communication system |
EP3429086A1 (en) | 2013-11-11 | 2019-01-16 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Frequency hopping processing method and apparatus |
US9667386B2 (en) * | 2013-11-13 | 2017-05-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Transmission of control channel and data channels for coverage enhancements |
CN104640221A (en) * | 2013-11-13 | 2015-05-20 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Control channel interference coordination methods, control channel interference coordination system, control channel interference coordination device and control channel interference coordination base station |
US9326298B2 (en) * | 2013-11-15 | 2016-04-26 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Wireless device background uplink small data packet |
CN105723688B (en) | 2013-11-17 | 2018-09-07 | 射频数字信号处理公司 | Method and apparatus for wirelessly networking |
ES2797702T3 (en) | 2013-11-22 | 2020-12-03 | Huawei Tech Co Ltd | Determination of a signal and / or function of a PUCCH for transmission by user equipment |
KR20150060118A (en) | 2013-11-25 | 2015-06-03 | 주식회사 아이티엘 | Apparatus and method for transmitting harq ack/nack |
US9173106B2 (en) | 2013-11-25 | 2015-10-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Efficient cell site outage mitigation |
WO2015080140A1 (en) | 2013-11-26 | 2015-06-04 | シャープ株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, communication method, and integrated circuit |
US9838091B2 (en) * | 2013-11-26 | 2017-12-05 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for a scale-invariant symbol demodulator |
US9363333B2 (en) * | 2013-11-27 | 2016-06-07 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Server-side scheduling for media transmissions |
US9197717B2 (en) | 2013-11-27 | 2015-11-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Server-side scheduling for media transmissions according to client device states |
US10123211B2 (en) | 2013-12-11 | 2018-11-06 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Resource allocation and interference management for dense and small cell deployments |
CN106961739B (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2020-07-24 | 射频数字信号处理公司 | Method for acquiring channel state information in frequency division duplex multi-input and multi-output wireless network |
US11743897B2 (en) * | 2013-12-20 | 2023-08-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for configuring uplink channels in unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands |
KR102287454B1 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2021-08-09 | 핑 리앙 | Adaptive precoding in a mimo wireless communication system |
US20150181566A1 (en) * | 2013-12-20 | 2015-06-25 | Broadcom Corporation | Apparatus and method for reducing upstream control channel resources in a communications system |
JP6012588B2 (en) * | 2013-12-26 | 2016-10-25 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal, radio base station, and radio communication method |
US10200137B2 (en) | 2013-12-27 | 2019-02-05 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System and method for adaptive TTI coexistence with LTE |
DE102014019581A1 (en) * | 2013-12-30 | 2015-07-02 | Wi-Lan Labs, Inc. | APPLICATION QUALITY MANAGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM |
US9307535B1 (en) * | 2014-01-02 | 2016-04-05 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Managing transmission power for hybrid-ARQ groups |
US20150195326A1 (en) * | 2014-01-03 | 2015-07-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Detecting whether header compression is being used for a first stream based upon a delay disparity between the first stream and a second stream |
US20150195056A1 (en) * | 2014-01-06 | 2015-07-09 | Intel IP Corporation | Systems, methods, and devices to support a fast tdd configuration indication |
WO2015104148A1 (en) * | 2014-01-10 | 2015-07-16 | Thomson Licensing | Method for obtaining network information by a client terminal configured for receiving a multimedia content divided into segments |
US10117246B2 (en) * | 2014-01-20 | 2018-10-30 | Qulacomm Incorporated | Techniques for identifying secondary serving cells operating in shared access radio frequency spectrum |
CN110620823A (en) * | 2014-01-24 | 2019-12-27 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Data transmission method and device based on cache |
WO2015116070A1 (en) * | 2014-01-29 | 2015-08-06 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Enhanced control channel interference coordination and avoidance |
CN104811946B (en) * | 2014-01-29 | 2020-03-20 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Method and device for processing interference signal |
CN110876190B (en) * | 2014-01-29 | 2022-03-25 | 交互数字专利控股公司 | Resource selection for device-to-device discovery or communication |
US10153867B2 (en) * | 2014-01-30 | 2018-12-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Carrier aggregation with dynamic TDD DL/UL subframe configuration |
RU2638539C1 (en) * | 2014-01-31 | 2017-12-14 | Телефонактиеболагет Лм Эрикссон (Пабл) | Methods and nodes related to receiving system information during operation with flexible subframe |
EP3100389B1 (en) * | 2014-01-31 | 2018-07-25 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Reporting serving cell packet loss rate |
US9853797B2 (en) * | 2014-02-03 | 2017-12-26 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for time division coexistence in unlicensed radio frequency bands for mobile devices |
WO2015119448A1 (en) * | 2014-02-07 | 2015-08-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for allocating resources in carrier aggregation system |
US10111252B2 (en) * | 2014-02-10 | 2018-10-23 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and devices for random access preamble shifting |
TWI641278B (en) * | 2014-03-11 | 2018-11-11 | Lg電子股份有限公司 | Method for counting a drx (discontinuous reception) timer in a carrier aggregation system and a device therefor |
CN106105084B (en) * | 2014-03-12 | 2019-07-12 | Lg电子株式会社 | The method and device thereof of uplink control channel are sent in the wireless communication system for the use variation for supporting radio resource |
US9337983B1 (en) | 2014-03-13 | 2016-05-10 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Use of discrete portions of frequency bandwidth to distinguish between ACK and NACK transmissions |
US9560649B1 (en) * | 2014-03-13 | 2017-01-31 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Method of allocating communication resources to a wireless device in a wireless communication network |
US9370004B2 (en) * | 2014-03-17 | 2016-06-14 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Traffic management for user equipment devices |
US20170093638A1 (en) * | 2014-03-18 | 2017-03-30 | Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy | Method and network element for implementing policies in a mobile network |
KR102222132B1 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2021-03-03 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and appratus of performing cell selection and random access of machine-type communication user equipment in mobile communication system |
EP3340523B1 (en) * | 2014-03-20 | 2021-01-13 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for non-orthogonal access in lte systems |
US9712981B2 (en) * | 2014-03-25 | 2017-07-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Client ID and multi-application support for reception reporting |
US9642034B2 (en) * | 2014-03-27 | 2017-05-02 | Intel Corporation | Systems, methods, and devices to support intra-QCI QoS-aware radio resource allocation |
WO2015145780A1 (en) * | 2014-03-28 | 2015-10-01 | 富士通株式会社 | Wireless communication system, base station, terminal, and processing method |
EP2928252B1 (en) * | 2014-04-02 | 2018-01-31 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Controlling scheduling requests |
WO2015151335A1 (en) * | 2014-04-04 | 2015-10-08 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Data transport method, data reception apparatus, data transmission apparatus, base station, mobile station, data transmission/reception apparatus, and mobile communication system |
US10694259B2 (en) * | 2014-04-09 | 2020-06-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Broadcast transmission device, broadcast reception device, operating method of broadcast transmission device, and operating method of broadcast reception device |
US11290162B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2022-03-29 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for mitigating interference within actively used spectrum |
US9497771B2 (en) | 2014-04-18 | 2016-11-15 | Apple Inc. | Deterministic RRC connections |
US9906977B2 (en) | 2014-04-18 | 2018-02-27 | Apple Inc. | Deterministic RRC connections |
US10375646B2 (en) | 2014-04-18 | 2019-08-06 | Apple Inc. | Coordination between application and baseband layer operation |
US9516564B2 (en) | 2014-04-25 | 2016-12-06 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Enhancement of a cell reselection parameter in heterogeneous networks |
US9635566B2 (en) | 2014-04-25 | 2017-04-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Enhancement of access points to support heterogeneous networks |
US9986556B1 (en) * | 2014-04-29 | 2018-05-29 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Enhanced TTI bundling in TDD mode |
CN106464517B (en) * | 2014-04-30 | 2020-11-27 | 诺基亚通信公司 | Authentication in ad hoc networks |
US9596071B1 (en) | 2014-05-05 | 2017-03-14 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Enhanced TTI bundling in FDD mode |
WO2015169333A1 (en) * | 2014-05-05 | 2015-11-12 | Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy | Methods and apparatus to prevent potential conflicts among instances of son functions |
US9722848B2 (en) | 2014-05-08 | 2017-08-01 | Intel Corporation | Techniques for using a modulation and coding scheme for downlink transmissions |
US20150327104A1 (en) * | 2014-05-08 | 2015-11-12 | Candy Yiu | Systems, methods, and devices for configuring measurement gaps for dual connectivity |
US11432305B2 (en) | 2014-05-19 | 2022-08-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and method for synchronous multiplexing and multiple access for different latency targets utilizing thin control |
US11153875B2 (en) | 2014-05-19 | 2021-10-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and method for inter-band pairing of carriers for time division duplex transmit- and receive-switching and its application to multiplexing of different transmission time intervals |
KR102188650B1 (en) * | 2014-06-10 | 2020-12-08 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and electronic device for controlling carrier aggregation in a wireless communication system |
CN106471759B (en) * | 2014-07-07 | 2020-10-16 | Lg 电子株式会社 | Method for transmitting reference signal in unlicensed band in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
US10375746B2 (en) | 2014-07-07 | 2019-08-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Signal transmission method for device-to-device (D2D) communication in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor |
US20160014695A1 (en) * | 2014-07-11 | 2016-01-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Drx power usage by dynamically adjusting a warmup period |
US9301165B2 (en) * | 2014-07-11 | 2016-03-29 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Dynamic control for multi-layer self optimization |
US9591590B2 (en) * | 2014-07-16 | 2017-03-07 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Apparatus and method for inter cell interference coordination |
CN105306398B (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2018-04-10 | 普天信息技术有限公司 | EMBMS baseband signals generation method, baseband processing unit and base station |
US10149307B2 (en) * | 2014-08-01 | 2018-12-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for providing feedback between base transceiver stations through cooperative communication in wireless communication system |
WO2016019686A1 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2016-02-11 | 深圳市中兴微电子技术有限公司 | A method for scheduling transmitting timing of uplink channels and device |
CN104125598B (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2017-11-17 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Communication means and communication system based on microcell base station |
IL234002A (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2016-06-30 | Wireless Technologies Pte Ltd Cellwize | Method of operating a self-organizing network and system thereof |
US10680771B2 (en) * | 2014-08-28 | 2020-06-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reference signal transmission and averaging for wireless communications |
EP3187000B1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2019-10-02 | Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy | Method and system for son coordination depending on son function priority |
CN105491670A (en) * | 2014-09-15 | 2016-04-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method and equipment |
CN106717047B (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2020-07-03 | T移动美国公司 | Ad-hoc network mechanism for saving energy during power outages |
US9749113B1 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2017-08-29 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Control channel indication based on power level |
US9591511B1 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2017-03-07 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Control channel selection based on quality of service |
US9935807B2 (en) * | 2014-09-26 | 2018-04-03 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Discovery signal design |
CN107079415B (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2020-11-10 | 唯亚威通讯技术有限公司 | Method and apparatus for self-optimization and/or improvement of cloud-based wireless networks |
US9621294B2 (en) | 2014-10-02 | 2017-04-11 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Enhancement of inter-cell interference coordination with adaptive reduced-power almost blank subframes based on neighbor cell profile data |
US10158473B2 (en) * | 2014-10-03 | 2018-12-18 | Intel IP Corporation | Methods, apparatuses, and systems for transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request transmissions using channels in an unlicensed shared medium |
KR102263688B1 (en) * | 2014-10-07 | 2021-06-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MUlTIPLE CONNECTIONS USING DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM |
US9936516B2 (en) * | 2014-10-08 | 2018-04-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmission coordination for collocated radios |
WO2016056971A1 (en) * | 2014-10-09 | 2016-04-14 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Methods of operating wireless terminals and related wireless terminals |
US10128926B2 (en) * | 2014-10-17 | 2018-11-13 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and device for transmitting signal |
WO2016064193A1 (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting/receiving d2d signal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
US10367621B2 (en) | 2014-10-27 | 2019-07-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Fountain HARQ for reliable low latency communication |
US9591648B1 (en) | 2014-11-03 | 2017-03-07 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Semi-persistent secondary signaling channels |
US9326152B1 (en) * | 2014-11-04 | 2016-04-26 | Alcatel Lucent | Dynamic scheduling of non-interfering clusters in a distributed diversity communications system |
WO2016073762A1 (en) * | 2014-11-05 | 2016-05-12 | Intel IP Corporation | Enhanced physical downlink control channel in machine-type communication |
EP3731444B1 (en) | 2014-11-06 | 2024-01-24 | Apple Inc. | Early termination of repeated transmissions for mtc |
US10791546B2 (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2020-09-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | PUCCH for MTC devices |
WO2016072820A1 (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2016-05-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods for performing hybrid repeat request (harq) in cellular operations over unlicensed bands |
US9532376B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2016-12-27 | Intel Corporation | System and method for controlling a licensed shared access radio |
US10039134B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2018-07-31 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method and apparatus for random access in wireless communication system |
US9787377B2 (en) | 2014-12-17 | 2017-10-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Mutual WLAN and WAN interference mitigation in unlicensed spectrum |
KR102381574B1 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2022-04-01 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Apparatus and method for network-assisted interference cancellation at downlink using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing |
US10667004B2 (en) | 2014-12-22 | 2020-05-26 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Broadcasting signal reception device, and broadcasting signal reception method based on pull mode |
EP3664354B1 (en) * | 2014-12-23 | 2021-10-20 | LG Electronics Inc. | Method for configuring and scheduling partial subframe in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same |
US20160212731A1 (en) * | 2015-01-21 | 2016-07-21 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Mapping between uplink and downlink resources |
US9686064B2 (en) | 2015-01-21 | 2017-06-20 | Intel IP Corporation | Devices and methods for HARQ-ACK feedback scheme on PUSCH in wireless communication systems |
WO2016119442A1 (en) * | 2015-01-27 | 2016-08-04 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Paging method, device, mme, base station, and user equipment |
US10110363B2 (en) * | 2015-01-29 | 2018-10-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Low latency in time division duplexing |
US10061531B2 (en) | 2015-01-29 | 2018-08-28 | Knuedge Incorporated | Uniform system wide addressing for a computing system |
US10394692B2 (en) * | 2015-01-29 | 2019-08-27 | Signalfx, Inc. | Real-time processing of data streams received from instrumented software |
US9743392B2 (en) | 2015-01-30 | 2017-08-22 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Method and apparatus for signaling aperiodic channel state indication reference signals for LTE operation |
US10009153B2 (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2018-06-26 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Apparatus and method for reception and transmission of control channels |
US10084577B2 (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2018-09-25 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Method and apparatus for signaling aperiodic channel state indication reference signals for LTE operation |
CN104581908B (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2018-10-26 | 深圳酷派技术有限公司 | The method for parameter configuration and device of discontinuous reception modes |
KR102003421B1 (en) | 2015-01-30 | 2019-07-24 | 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Method and apparatus for transmitting feedback information in a communication system |
CN105992351B (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2021-05-11 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Resource allocation method and device and information feedback method and device |
US9629066B2 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2017-04-18 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System and method for transmission time intervals |
US10085266B1 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2018-09-25 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Management of TTI bundling for carrier aggregated communications |
US11558894B2 (en) * | 2015-03-02 | 2023-01-17 | Apple Inc. | Aperiodic scheduling of uplink grants in a wireless communication system |
US10075959B2 (en) | 2015-03-12 | 2018-09-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for controlling uplink coverage in wireless communication system |
KR102301818B1 (en) * | 2015-03-12 | 2021-09-15 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for controlling an uplink coverage in a wireless communication system |
US9980270B2 (en) * | 2015-03-13 | 2018-05-22 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for interference coordination in wireless communications systems |
US10547415B2 (en) * | 2015-03-15 | 2020-01-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Scalable TTI with advanced pilot and control |
US9936519B2 (en) | 2015-03-15 | 2018-04-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Self-contained time division duplex (TDD) subframe structure for wireless communications |
US10342012B2 (en) | 2015-03-15 | 2019-07-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Self-contained time division duplex (TDD) subframe structure |
US10075970B2 (en) | 2015-03-15 | 2018-09-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Mission critical data support in self-contained time division duplex (TDD) subframe structure |
KR102477041B1 (en) * | 2015-03-24 | 2022-12-14 | 소니그룹주식회사 | Transmission device, transmission method, reception device and reception method |
WO2016154899A1 (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2016-10-06 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America | Wireless communication method, user equipment and enodb |
US10531512B2 (en) | 2015-04-01 | 2020-01-07 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System and method for a tracking channel |
US9918344B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2018-03-13 | Intel IP Corporation | Random access procedure for enhanced coverage support |
US10149125B1 (en) | 2015-04-10 | 2018-12-04 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Dynamic adjustment of uplink coordinated multipoint service |
CN104735703B (en) * | 2015-04-15 | 2018-11-27 | 北京邮电大学 | A kind of master base station, user terminal and communication system |
US10432368B1 (en) | 2015-04-17 | 2019-10-01 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Balancing of transmission time interval bundling and coordinate multipoint |
US10652768B2 (en) * | 2015-04-20 | 2020-05-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control channel based broadcast messaging |
CN107431586B (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2023-01-31 | 苹果公司 | User equipment and method for Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource allocation and communication |
US20160316428A1 (en) * | 2015-04-24 | 2016-10-27 | Mediatek Inc. | Method of Configuring a Number of Antennas and Wireless Device |
KR102350504B1 (en) * | 2015-04-27 | 2022-01-14 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for controlling downlink throughput in communication system |
US9554375B1 (en) | 2015-05-01 | 2017-01-24 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Sector selection for coordinated multipoint based on application type |
US20180255542A1 (en) * | 2015-05-13 | 2018-09-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving uplink in wireless communication system |
US9814058B2 (en) | 2015-05-15 | 2017-11-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Scaled symbols for a self-contained time division duplex (TDD) subframe structure |
WO2016186555A1 (en) * | 2015-05-19 | 2016-11-24 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Activation of drx parameters |
US9504011B1 (en) | 2015-05-19 | 2016-11-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods for improved single radio long term evolution (SRLTE) mobile termination (MT) call success rate for mobile switching center (MSC)-sub paging scenarios |
CN106304391B (en) * | 2015-06-10 | 2021-03-30 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | PRACH access control method, access method and device |
WO2017003689A1 (en) * | 2015-06-28 | 2017-01-05 | Ping Liang | Frequency resource allocation in mu-mimo systems |
US10341820B2 (en) * | 2015-07-10 | 2019-07-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for modular multimedia broadcast and multicast service (MBMS) delivery |
EP3323259B1 (en) * | 2015-07-16 | 2022-11-09 | Nokia Technologies Oy | User-plane enhancements supporting in-bearer sub-flow qos differentiation |
US9992790B2 (en) | 2015-07-20 | 2018-06-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Time division duplex (TDD) subframe structure supporting single and multiple interlace modes |
WO2017018768A1 (en) * | 2015-07-25 | 2017-02-02 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Broadcast signal transmission device, broadcast signal reception device, broadcast signal transmission method, and broadcast signal reception method |
US10652769B2 (en) | 2015-07-25 | 2020-05-12 | Mariana Goldhamer | Coupling loss in wireless networks |
US10305767B2 (en) * | 2015-07-28 | 2019-05-28 | Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy | Methods and apparatuses for measurement of packet delay in uplink in E-UTRAN |
CN107210840B (en) * | 2015-07-30 | 2020-01-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and communication equipment |
US9949161B2 (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2018-04-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques and apparatuses for virtual radio link monitoring during carrier aggregation and cross-carrier scheduling |
US10270822B2 (en) * | 2015-08-04 | 2019-04-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Hybrid pocket router |
US10638179B2 (en) * | 2015-08-06 | 2020-04-28 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Content insertion in streaming media content |
JP6500164B2 (en) | 2015-08-10 | 2019-04-10 | 華為技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. | Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus |
EP3335349B1 (en) * | 2015-08-14 | 2020-06-10 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (PUBL) | Methods for determining a harq-ack codebook size for a user equipment and base station |
WO2017034168A1 (en) * | 2015-08-23 | 2017-03-02 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting pucch using fdd frame in wireless communication system and device therefor |
US10218457B2 (en) | 2015-08-24 | 2019-02-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for improving feedback processes based on a latency between a transmission time interval (TTI) and a feedback opportunity |
JP6694056B2 (en) * | 2015-08-27 | 2020-05-13 | クアルコム,インコーポレイテッド | MBMS architecture with CDN caching in eNB |
CN106535333B (en) * | 2015-09-11 | 2019-12-13 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Physical downlink control channel transmission method and device |
US10075755B2 (en) * | 2015-09-18 | 2018-09-11 | Sorenson Media, Inc. | Digital overlay offers on connected media devices |
US20170094654A1 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Service request, scheduling request, and allocation of radio resources for service contexts |
WO2017058068A1 (en) * | 2015-09-29 | 2017-04-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Network node and method in a wireless telecommunications network |
CN108702267B (en) * | 2015-09-30 | 2021-01-12 | 诺基亚技术有限公司 | Short physical uplink shared channel arrangement |
WO2017062050A1 (en) * | 2015-10-07 | 2017-04-13 | Intel IP Corporation | Dynamically beamformed control channel for beamformed cells |
WO2017066691A1 (en) * | 2015-10-14 | 2017-04-20 | Wilson Electronics, Llc | Channelization for signal boosters |
EP3361686B1 (en) * | 2015-10-22 | 2022-10-12 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for sending downlink control information (dci) |
CN105407494B (en) * | 2015-10-23 | 2018-10-30 | 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 | Network capacity extension method and device |
CN106656440B (en) * | 2015-10-27 | 2019-07-30 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | A kind of method and apparatus in narrowband wireless communication |
GB2543800B (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2020-02-26 | Ayyeka Tech Ltd | Method and system for scheduling transmit time slots for network-connected measurement units |
CN105430691B (en) * | 2015-11-02 | 2019-01-18 | 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 | A kind of determination method and device of QCI |
CN106686738A (en) * | 2015-11-05 | 2017-05-17 | 索尼公司 | Apparatus and method of base station side and user equipment side, and wireless communication system |
KR102511925B1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2023-03-20 | 주식회사 아이티엘 | Apparatus and method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request operation in wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation |
US10327187B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2019-06-18 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and method for wireless network extensibility and enhancement |
US9986578B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2018-05-29 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for selective data network access |
WO2017117795A1 (en) * | 2016-01-08 | 2017-07-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal transmission method, receiving method, terminal device, base station and system |
US10644856B2 (en) * | 2016-01-08 | 2020-05-05 | Apple Inc. | Downlink hybrid automatic repeat request feedback for narrowband Internet of Things devices |
CN108463986B (en) | 2016-01-12 | 2021-03-09 | 富士通株式会社 | Wireless communication device, wireless communication system, and wireless communication method |
JP6894383B2 (en) | 2016-01-12 | 2021-06-30 | 富士通株式会社 | Wireless communication devices, wireless communication systems, and wireless communication methods |
EP3272045A1 (en) * | 2016-01-15 | 2018-01-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless communication |
CN108476121B (en) * | 2016-02-03 | 2021-06-29 | 苹果公司 | Apparatus for physical downlink shared channel transmission with short transmission time interval |
CN105722229B (en) * | 2016-02-05 | 2019-08-27 | 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 | The selection method and device of channel |
US9924431B2 (en) * | 2016-02-08 | 2018-03-20 | Smartsky Networks LLC | Seamless relocation of a mobile terminal in a wireless network |
CN108604954A (en) * | 2016-02-24 | 2018-09-28 | 英特尔Ip公司 | UCI channel codings on xPUCCH |
US10492034B2 (en) | 2016-03-07 | 2019-11-26 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for dynamic open-access networks |
CN108353010B (en) * | 2016-03-10 | 2021-05-25 | 思科技术公司 | Techniques for wireless access and wired network integration |
WO2017152405A1 (en) * | 2016-03-10 | 2017-09-14 | 华为技术有限公司 | Transmission diversity method, device and system |
US10321351B2 (en) * | 2017-03-02 | 2019-06-11 | Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. | System and method for grant assignment |
CN109076413B (en) | 2016-03-10 | 2021-09-28 | 有线电视实验室公司 | System and method for latency reduction |
US10492104B2 (en) | 2016-03-10 | 2019-11-26 | Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. | Latency reduction in wireless service |
US10085275B2 (en) | 2016-03-14 | 2018-09-25 | Apple Inc. | Synchronization and interprocessor communication in a low power LTE system architecture |
CN105813125B (en) * | 2016-03-14 | 2019-04-12 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Method, user equipment and the device of voice service for user equipment |
US10412669B2 (en) * | 2016-03-14 | 2019-09-10 | Apple Inc. | Low power cellular modem system architecture |
US10341952B2 (en) | 2016-03-14 | 2019-07-02 | Apple Inc. | Low power LTE (LP-LTE) paging monitoring |
KR20170112897A (en) * | 2016-03-31 | 2017-10-12 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for configuring csi reporting mode in wireless communication system |
WO2017166245A1 (en) | 2016-03-31 | 2017-10-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Resource management method and related equipment |
EP3412088B1 (en) * | 2016-04-01 | 2024-07-24 | Lenovo Innovations Limited (Hong Kong) | Carrier determination for a device |
US10069613B2 (en) * | 2016-04-01 | 2018-09-04 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Method and apparatus for scheduling uplink transmissions with reduced latency |
EP3437381A4 (en) * | 2016-04-01 | 2019-11-13 | Intel Corporation | Staggering unattended traffic in lte after barring |
WO2017166323A1 (en) | 2016-04-01 | 2017-10-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method and related device |
US10346049B2 (en) | 2016-04-29 | 2019-07-09 | Friday Harbor Llc | Distributed contiguous reads in a network on a chip architecture |
US10667322B2 (en) | 2016-05-03 | 2020-05-26 | Kt Corporation | Method and apparatus for changing connection state of terminal |
CN107347002B (en) * | 2016-05-06 | 2021-11-12 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting HARQ-ACK feedback information |
EP3457789B1 (en) * | 2016-05-12 | 2021-01-06 | NTT DoCoMo, Inc. | User terminal and wireless communication method |
KR102640127B1 (en) * | 2016-05-13 | 2024-02-22 | 레노보 이노베이션스 리미티드 (홍콩) | Data acknowledgment response in wireless communication systems |
US10548118B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2020-01-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multiple transmission time interval coordination with time division duplexing |
US10057742B2 (en) * | 2016-05-18 | 2018-08-21 | Veniam, Inc. | Systems and methods for managing the routing and replication of data in the download direction in a network of moving things |
JP6760366B2 (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2020-09-23 | 富士通株式会社 | Base stations, controls and wireless terminals |
US10211907B1 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2019-02-19 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Coordinated multipoint mode selection for relay base station |
EP3448084B1 (en) * | 2016-05-26 | 2020-02-26 | Kyocera Corporation | Network apparatus |
US10512065B2 (en) * | 2016-05-31 | 2019-12-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Flexible control information reporting |
US10164858B2 (en) | 2016-06-15 | 2018-12-25 | Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc | Apparatus and methods for monitoring and diagnosing a wireless network |
CN112492675A (en) * | 2016-06-28 | 2021-03-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Transmission mode conversion method and device |
CN107567097B (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2020-06-12 | 普天信息技术有限公司 | Resource allocation method of downlink control channel |
US11431091B2 (en) * | 2016-07-11 | 2022-08-30 | Radiarc Technologies, Llc | Wireless telecommunication antenna mount and control system and methods of operating the same |
US11277219B2 (en) * | 2016-07-15 | 2022-03-15 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | User terminal and radio communication method |
US10813098B2 (en) | 2016-07-15 | 2020-10-20 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmission and reception in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor |
US10541785B2 (en) | 2016-07-18 | 2020-01-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Carrier aggregation with variable transmission durations |
EP4096288A1 (en) | 2016-08-01 | 2022-11-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for managing data communication in wireless communication network |
US10492079B2 (en) * | 2016-08-01 | 2019-11-26 | Corning Optical Communications LLC | System and method for citizens band radio spectrum (CBRS) dual cell radio node |
CA3032245C (en) * | 2016-08-01 | 2023-04-25 | Nokia Technologies Oy | On the usage of control resources for data transmission |
CN107682929B (en) * | 2016-08-02 | 2021-10-29 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device in wireless transmission |
JP6927976B2 (en) * | 2016-08-03 | 2021-09-01 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminal and wireless communication method |
CN107733592B (en) | 2016-08-10 | 2020-11-27 | 华为技术有限公司 | Transmission scheme indication method, data transmission method, device and system |
US10819475B2 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2020-10-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink semi-persistent scheduling for low latency communications |
EP3497948B1 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2021-08-11 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, LLC | Selective reception of cell broadcast service |
CN107801188B (en) * | 2016-08-30 | 2021-07-06 | 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 | Method for forming virtual cell in heterogeneous network, macro base station and transmission point equipment |
US11622327B2 (en) * | 2016-08-30 | 2023-04-04 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Adaptive reception of cell broadcast service |
WO2018059858A1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | British Telecommunications Public Limited Company | Cellular telecommunications network |
CN109792683B (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2022-08-02 | 英国电讯有限公司 | Cellular telecommunications network, base station and method of operating a base station in a cellular telecommunications network |
US10306630B2 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-05-28 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Systems and methods for determining frame structure and association timing |
US11470548B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2022-10-11 | British Telecommunications Public Limited Company | Cellular telecommunications network |
US11825482B2 (en) | 2016-10-03 | 2023-11-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for improved control channels |
US10420085B2 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2019-09-17 | Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. | System and method for grant assignment |
US10524257B2 (en) * | 2016-10-09 | 2019-12-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | TTI bundling for URLLC UL/DL transmissions |
US10925107B2 (en) * | 2016-10-14 | 2021-02-16 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Fast activation of multi-connectivity utilizing uplink signals |
WO2018073317A1 (en) * | 2016-10-18 | 2018-04-26 | Expway | A method for transmitting content to mobile user devices |
US10034292B1 (en) | 2016-10-19 | 2018-07-24 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Resource allocation in wireless networks |
CN110036684A (en) * | 2016-10-21 | 2019-07-19 | 诺基亚技术有限公司 | Random access for NR |
EP3533264B1 (en) * | 2016-10-28 | 2023-08-09 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Advanced switching policies for embms mood |
US10405342B2 (en) | 2016-11-01 | 2019-09-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Two step random access procedure |
US10505697B2 (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2019-12-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitating a mobile device specific physical downlink shared channel resource element mapping indicator |
CN108023719B (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2020-01-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for generating hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ codebook and related equipment |
CN108377581A (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-08-07 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of configuration method, mobile terminal and the base station of discontinuous reception DRX parameters |
EP3681084B1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2024-04-17 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Short physical downlink control channel (spdcch) mapping design |
EP3535912B1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2021-08-18 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Controlling the impact of srs switching on carrier aggregation activation-related delays |
CN109891927B (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2022-08-16 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Mechanism for air interface delay adjustment |
US10484144B2 (en) * | 2016-11-11 | 2019-11-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Hybrid automatic repeat request management for low latency communications |
RU2713377C9 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2020-02-18 | Телефонактиеболагет Лм Эрикссон (Пабл) | Extraction of configured output power for consecutive transmission time intervals (tti) in reduced tti templates |
US10764798B2 (en) | 2016-11-16 | 2020-09-01 | Corning Optical Communications LLC | Discovery of neighbor radio access systems by a user mobile communications device serviced by a radio access network (RAN) for reporting discovered systems to a serving system in the RAN |
WO2018097582A1 (en) * | 2016-11-22 | 2018-05-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for channel estimation and data decoding in wireless communication system |
US10587373B1 (en) * | 2016-12-08 | 2020-03-10 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Controlling transmission based on acknowledgement delay |
US10104690B2 (en) | 2016-12-12 | 2018-10-16 | Dell Products, Lp | Method and apparatus for optimizing selection of radio channel frequency and adaptive clear channel assessment threshold for unlicensed small cell WWAN base station |
US10396943B2 (en) * | 2016-12-14 | 2019-08-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Asymmetric downlink-uplink transmission time interval configurations for low latency operation |
US10313918B2 (en) * | 2016-12-14 | 2019-06-04 | Intel IP Corporation | Management of received internet protocol packet bundling for real time services |
US10172014B2 (en) | 2016-12-18 | 2019-01-01 | Dell Products, Lp | Method and apparatus for optimizing selection of radio channel frequency and adaptive clear channel assessment threshold for WLAN access points |
US10659971B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-05-19 | Dell Products, Lp | Method and apparatus for optimizing selection of radio channel frequency and geographic location for WLAN access points |
KR20180076631A (en) | 2016-12-28 | 2018-07-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and system for performance boosting for semiconductor device |
JP6770643B2 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2020-10-14 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パブル) | Network nodes and methods for configuring PDCP for wireless devices |
CN108271262B (en) | 2017-01-03 | 2024-03-15 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Method and equipment for allocating uplink control channel |
CA3049275C (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2021-10-05 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Method for transmitting uplink control channel, network device and terminal device |
CN108282749B (en) | 2017-01-05 | 2021-06-15 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for deciding basic parameter in wireless communication system |
CN108282882B (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2021-06-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Information transmission method, terminal equipment and access network equipment |
CN108289015B (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2023-04-07 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Method and equipment for sending HARQ-ACK/NACK (hybrid automatic repeat request/acknowledgement) and downlink transmission method and equipment |
CN116405165A (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2023-07-07 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Method and equipment for transmitting HARQ-ACK/NACK and downlink transmission method and equipment |
CN115314182A (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2022-11-08 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Coordination of duplex directions in NR TDD systems |
WO2018130302A1 (en) | 2017-01-13 | 2018-07-19 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Techniques for congestion mitigation in a radio access network |
CN110383738B (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2022-08-16 | Idac控股公司 | Method, device and system for phase-continuous frequency selective precoding processing |
RU2755197C2 (en) * | 2017-01-20 | 2021-09-14 | Гуандун Оппо Мобайл Телекоммьюникейшнс Корп., Лтд. | Data transmission method, device and media |
KR102012264B1 (en) * | 2017-02-07 | 2019-08-22 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method and apparatus for compensating outage cell in small cell network |
KR102369320B1 (en) * | 2017-02-13 | 2022-02-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for controlling inter cell interference in wireless communication system based on time division duplexing |
JP6778875B2 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2020-11-04 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Communication control device and QoS control method |
US10178624B2 (en) * | 2017-03-17 | 2019-01-08 | Aireon Llc | Provisioning satellite coverage |
EP3603154A1 (en) | 2017-03-21 | 2020-02-05 | Corning Optical Communications LLC | Systems and methods for dynamically allocating spectrum among cross-interfering radio nodes of wireless communications systems |
JP6980804B2 (en) | 2017-03-22 | 2021-12-15 | オッポ広東移動通信有限公司Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Uplink transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
US10674522B2 (en) * | 2017-03-23 | 2020-06-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Scheduling request for one or more uplink transmissions using narrowband communications |
KR102292994B1 (en) | 2017-03-23 | 2021-08-26 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for adjusting a timing in a wireless communication system |
CN108631918B (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2021-02-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method and device |
US10749640B2 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2020-08-18 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving uplink control channel in communication system |
CN108123778B (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2023-04-11 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Transmission and transmission configuration method, device, base station and terminal |
EP3602905A4 (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2020-11-11 | Motorola Mobility LLC | Indication for portion of time interval |
EP3603175B1 (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2023-04-19 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Apparatus and method for transmitting packet data units |
US10237759B1 (en) * | 2017-03-29 | 2019-03-19 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Coordinated multipoint set selection based on donor status |
US10925048B2 (en) * | 2017-03-30 | 2021-02-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control resource set for single-carrier waveform |
US10819763B2 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2020-10-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method of video streaming |
US10484308B2 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2019-11-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method of managing resources for video services |
US10091777B1 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitating physical downlink shared channel resource element mapping indicator |
WO2018192383A1 (en) * | 2017-04-18 | 2018-10-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Receiving method and transmitting method of feedback information, apparatus, and system |
CN108737010B (en) * | 2017-04-19 | 2024-04-30 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Information interaction method and device |
CN108737023B (en) * | 2017-04-21 | 2021-10-22 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for improving precoding resource block groups in a wireless communication system |
WO2018198378A1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2018-11-01 | 富士通株式会社 | Radio terminal, radio base station, radio communication system, and radio communication method |
CN109348534B (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2020-01-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting signals |
WO2018204630A1 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | Intel IP Corporation | Rs (reference signal) sequence generation and mapping and precoder assignment for nr (new radio) |
US20180343697A1 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | Mediatek Inc. | UE Category and Capability Indication for Co-existed LTE and NR Devices |
US10588153B2 (en) * | 2017-06-01 | 2020-03-10 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for restricting random access procedure-related activity in connection with a background application |
US10645547B2 (en) | 2017-06-02 | 2020-05-05 | Charter Communications Operating, Llc | Apparatus and methods for providing wireless service in a venue |
US10638361B2 (en) | 2017-06-06 | 2020-04-28 | Charter Communications Operating, Llc | Methods and apparatus for dynamic control of connections to co-existing radio access networks |
KR102385420B1 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2022-04-12 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for reporting network requested buffer status report in next generation mobile communication system |
WO2018227583A1 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Physical resource group size for precoded channel state information reference signals |
CN110999482B (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2022-05-17 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | System and method for allocating resource blocks |
CN109429323B (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2021-06-25 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Method, device and system for activating and deactivating synchronization of transmission time interval-B (TTI-B) |
WO2019012670A1 (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2019-01-17 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal and radio communication method |
CN109275192B (en) * | 2017-07-18 | 2022-12-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting information |
WO2019015900A1 (en) | 2017-07-18 | 2019-01-24 | British Telecommunications Public Limited Company | Cellular telecommunications network |
US11212669B2 (en) * | 2017-07-26 | 2021-12-28 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for handling of a prohibit timer to transmit a RRC message related to UE capability restriction in wireless communication system and a device therefor |
ES2971314T3 (en) | 2017-08-01 | 2024-06-04 | Nec Corp | Method performed by a user equipment, method performed by a base station, user equipment and base station |
KR102338507B1 (en) * | 2017-08-04 | 2021-12-13 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receving downlink control information in wirelss communication system |
EP4106240A1 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2022-12-21 | Wilus Institute of Standards and Technology Inc. | Method, apparatus, and system for transmitting or receiving data channel and control channel in wireless communication system |
US20200366344A1 (en) * | 2017-08-09 | 2020-11-19 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for precoder determination and precoder matrix indicator (pmi) indication for uplink transmission |
CN111164921B (en) * | 2017-08-09 | 2023-05-30 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | User terminal, base station, and wireless communication method |
CN109831827B (en) * | 2017-08-10 | 2020-03-10 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method, terminal and base station |
CN109391422B (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2020-11-17 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for determining feedback codebook, terminal equipment and network equipment |
WO2019041340A1 (en) * | 2017-09-04 | 2019-03-07 | Eli Lilly And Company | Lysophosphatidic acid receptor 1 (lpar1) inhibitor compounds |
BR112019026422A2 (en) * | 2017-09-07 | 2020-07-21 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | method for transmitting information, network device and terminal |
US10856230B2 (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2020-12-01 | Apple Inc. | Low power measurements mode |
KR20220162817A (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2022-12-08 | 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 | Method, device, storage medium, and system for determining time domain resource |
EP3690079B1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2023-06-07 | Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. | Method for manufacturing hard carbon-based coating, and member provided with coating |
EP3675585B1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2022-08-24 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method and apparatus |
KR102415470B1 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2022-07-01 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Apparatus and method for transmitting reference signals in wireless communication system |
JP7007391B2 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2022-01-24 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminals, wireless communication methods, base stations and systems |
CN108207036B (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2022-07-12 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Semi-persistent scheduling method and device |
US11212837B2 (en) | 2017-10-19 | 2021-12-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Listen before talk sequence design for wireless communication |
CN109714794B (en) * | 2017-10-26 | 2022-06-03 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Business model selection method and device and storage medium |
KR102424356B1 (en) | 2017-11-06 | 2022-07-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method, Apparatus and System for Controlling QoS of Application |
US10863334B2 (en) * | 2017-11-08 | 2020-12-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Non-orthogonal multiple access techniques for narrowband internet of things and machine type communication |
WO2019098586A1 (en) * | 2017-11-15 | 2019-05-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for performing an adaptive bundling transmission in wireless communication system and a device therefor |
WO2019099670A1 (en) * | 2017-11-15 | 2019-05-23 | Idac Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for harq-ack codebook size determination and resource selection in nr |
US10985877B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2021-04-20 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Codebook determination of HARQ-ACK multiplexing with fallback downlink control information (DCI) and code block group (CBG) configurations |
CN111602438B (en) * | 2017-11-16 | 2021-10-22 | 夏普株式会社 | Method for determining HARQ-ACK multiplexing codebook, UE and base station |
KR20230141881A (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2023-10-10 | 지티이 코포레이션 | Codebook feedback for data retransmissions |
US20190182020A1 (en) * | 2017-12-13 | 2019-06-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reliable low latency operations in time division duplex wireless communication systems |
CN109936863A (en) * | 2017-12-15 | 2019-06-25 | 中国移动通信集团浙江有限公司 | A kind of SRVCC switching method and equipment based on uplink covering |
US20210067274A1 (en) * | 2017-12-27 | 2021-03-04 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | User terminal and radio communication method |
JP7002657B2 (en) * | 2017-12-28 | 2022-01-20 | 北京小米移動軟件有限公司 | Methods and devices for determining transmission direction information |
CN108401483B (en) * | 2017-12-29 | 2021-09-07 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback configuration method and device and data receiving equipment |
US11711171B2 (en) * | 2018-01-11 | 2023-07-25 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System and method for reliable transmission over network resources |
WO2019142330A1 (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2019-07-25 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal and wireless communication method |
CN110138514B (en) | 2018-02-08 | 2020-10-20 | 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 | Method and terminal for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback |
CN112040565B (en) | 2018-02-11 | 2022-04-12 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Mobile communication system, method and device |
WO2019157658A1 (en) * | 2018-02-13 | 2019-08-22 | Lenovo (Beijing) Limited | Method and apparatus for fallback operation for semi-static harq-ack codebook determination |
AU2018409155B2 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2023-11-16 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Radio communication method, terminal device, and network device |
CN111971920B (en) * | 2018-02-15 | 2023-07-28 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | SPS release processing method and device of dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook based on code block group |
US11452101B2 (en) * | 2018-02-16 | 2022-09-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink beam assignment |
US10779315B2 (en) * | 2018-02-20 | 2020-09-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Traffic identifier based buffer status reporting |
ES2813617T3 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2021-03-24 | Kontron Transp France Sas | Evolved System and Node B for multicast communication in an LTE cellular network |
KR102457331B1 (en) * | 2018-03-07 | 2022-10-21 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method and apparatus for optimizing mobility-related parameter of network |
CN111919505B (en) * | 2018-03-26 | 2022-10-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data processing method and terminal |
CN110324117B (en) * | 2018-03-30 | 2021-10-26 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Data transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
EP4044495A1 (en) | 2018-04-02 | 2022-08-17 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Method for determining reference signal, and network device, ue and computer storage medium |
US10396940B1 (en) | 2018-04-09 | 2019-08-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Scheduling downlink data with multiple slot feedback channel configuration in wireless communication systems |
CN112106325B (en) * | 2018-05-10 | 2022-10-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, communication device and system |
MX2020011984A (en) * | 2018-05-11 | 2021-01-15 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd | Downlink channel receiving method, and terminal apparatus. |
US10999761B2 (en) * | 2018-05-11 | 2021-05-04 | Apple Inc. | Methods to determine a hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) codebook in new radio (NR) systems |
WO2019234297A1 (en) * | 2018-06-05 | 2019-12-12 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Management of communication systems |
US10924775B2 (en) * | 2018-06-26 | 2021-02-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink and downlink methods for efficient operation of live uplink streaming services |
US10708858B2 (en) * | 2018-06-28 | 2020-07-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for improved power consumption in user equipments |
US11678215B2 (en) * | 2018-07-10 | 2023-06-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for indicating user equipment QOS priority over user equipment constraints in a communication system |
CN112088572B (en) * | 2018-08-02 | 2024-06-18 | 三星电子株式会社 | Method and system for indicating change of dual connectivity of multiple radio access technologies |
US11973601B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2024-04-30 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Method and device for transmitting HARQ codebook |
US10779188B2 (en) * | 2018-09-06 | 2020-09-15 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Uplink bandwidth estimation over broadband cellular networks |
US20200092068A1 (en) * | 2018-09-19 | 2020-03-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Acknowledgement codebook design for multiple transmission reception points |
US11218237B2 (en) | 2018-09-27 | 2022-01-04 | Wilson Electronics, Llc | Intermediate frequency (IF) filtering for enhanced crossover attenuation in a repeater |
WO2020066025A1 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2020-04-02 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal and wireless communication method |
WO2020067623A1 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2020-04-02 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting and receiving downlink signal between terminal and base station in wireless communication system and apparatus for supporting same |
EP3633927B1 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2023-08-16 | Netatmo | Smart adaptation of the functionalities of a remote control in a local area network |
US10945204B2 (en) * | 2018-10-05 | 2021-03-09 | Itron, Inc. | Battery power management for a cellular device |
US12057944B2 (en) * | 2018-11-08 | 2024-08-06 | Nec Corporation | Method and devices for hybrid automatic repeat request |
WO2020096436A1 (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2020-05-14 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for operating discontinuous reception of terminal in wireless communication system, and apparatus using same method |
CN113228549B (en) | 2018-11-11 | 2024-07-16 | 韦勒斯标准与技术协会公司 | Method for generating HARQ-ACK codebook in wireless communication system and apparatus using the same |
CN111262661B (en) | 2018-12-14 | 2022-04-26 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | System information receiving method, system information sending method and equipment |
US20220060247A1 (en) * | 2018-12-20 | 2022-02-24 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Radio node and radio communication method |
CN111356232B (en) * | 2018-12-21 | 2022-08-30 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Parameter configuration method, device and system and computer readable storage medium |
US11153887B2 (en) * | 2018-12-31 | 2021-10-19 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Uplink performance for bearers |
WO2020034564A1 (en) | 2019-01-07 | 2020-02-20 | Zte Corporation | Timing advance determination in wireless networks |
US11451360B2 (en) * | 2019-01-10 | 2022-09-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Priority-based feedback triggering |
EP3921915A1 (en) * | 2019-02-06 | 2021-12-15 | British Telecommunications public limited company | Network device management |
KR20200098178A (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2020-08-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for applying dynamic scheduling to reduce power consumption in next generation communication system |
CN111435901B (en) * | 2019-02-22 | 2023-07-21 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement feedback method, terminal and network equipment |
CN113475084B (en) * | 2019-02-27 | 2024-02-02 | 英国电讯有限公司 | Multicast assisted delivery |
CN111726866A (en) * | 2019-03-21 | 2020-09-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for reducing transmission bandwidth of network device |
CN111277386B (en) * | 2019-03-28 | 2021-09-17 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Downlink allocation index determining method, terminal and network equipment |
US12095562B2 (en) * | 2019-04-02 | 2024-09-17 | Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. | Information transmission method and user equipment |
JP7339758B2 (en) * | 2019-04-11 | 2023-09-06 | キヤノン株式会社 | Communication device, communication method, and program |
US11013054B2 (en) | 2019-04-12 | 2021-05-18 | Ofinno, Llc | UE-assistance to support multiple systems based on frequency band combinations |
US12074699B2 (en) * | 2019-04-23 | 2024-08-27 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America | Base station, terminal and communication method |
US11025399B2 (en) * | 2019-05-02 | 2021-06-01 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Interference suppression |
US11695531B2 (en) * | 2019-05-02 | 2023-07-04 | Intel Corporation | Resources selection for feedback based NR-V2X communication |
CN110048818B (en) * | 2019-05-05 | 2020-06-23 | 华中科技大学 | Feedback information confirmation and processing system and processing method for TID of user |
EP3737007B8 (en) | 2019-05-06 | 2023-11-15 | Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG | Mobile radio testing device and method for protocol testing |
CN112019488B (en) * | 2019-05-31 | 2023-12-12 | 广州市百果园信息技术有限公司 | Voice processing method, device, equipment and storage medium |
CN112153708A (en) * | 2019-06-29 | 2020-12-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and related equipment |
CN112203287B (en) * | 2019-07-08 | 2022-11-22 | 中国移动通信集团浙江有限公司 | Cell capacity adjusting method, device, equipment and storage medium |
US11234054B2 (en) | 2019-07-22 | 2022-01-25 | Qatar Foundation For Education, Science And Community Development | Edge network system for service-less video multicast |
CN114175736B (en) | 2019-07-29 | 2024-04-02 | 英国电讯有限公司 | Method for initiating a transfer in a cellular telecommunication network, data carrier and network node |
EP3772227B1 (en) | 2019-07-29 | 2022-07-13 | British Telecommunications public limited company | Cellular telecommunications network |
CN110446270B (en) * | 2019-08-13 | 2020-07-07 | 北京理工大学 | Dynamic scheduling method for transmission time slot bundling in low-earth-orbit satellite voice communication |
US11134473B2 (en) * | 2019-08-28 | 2021-09-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Antenna element set selection system |
US20210124389A1 (en) * | 2019-09-24 | 2021-04-29 | Yoshiro Nakamats | Super smartphone |
EP3799374A1 (en) * | 2019-09-26 | 2021-03-31 | Mitsubishi Electric R&D Centre Europe B.V. | Method for transmitting data packets and apparatus for implementing the same |
CN114285531B (en) * | 2019-09-30 | 2023-09-08 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Feedback information sending method, feedback information receiving method and feedback information receiving device |
JP7535533B2 (en) * | 2019-10-03 | 2024-08-16 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminal, wireless communication method, base station and system |
WO2021064664A1 (en) * | 2019-10-04 | 2021-04-08 | Enensys Expway | Method for broadcasting dash/hls hybrid multimedia streams |
US11844074B2 (en) * | 2019-10-17 | 2023-12-12 | Marvell Asia Pte Ltd | System and methods to increase uplink data throughput on a TD-LTE (A) system using efficient management of physical uplink control channels |
CN112787767B (en) * | 2019-11-06 | 2022-08-09 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Data transmission method, device and medium |
EP4070490A1 (en) * | 2019-12-05 | 2022-10-12 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Resolving collision of semi-persistent scheduling data |
US10879982B1 (en) | 2019-12-11 | 2020-12-29 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Beamforming transmission device and method |
US11309952B2 (en) | 2019-12-11 | 2022-04-19 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Beamforming transmission device and method |
KR20210077347A (en) * | 2019-12-17 | 2021-06-25 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus to use discontinuous reception in carrier aggregation in the mobile communications |
CN113015177B (en) * | 2019-12-20 | 2022-08-23 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Cell splitting method, device and medium |
US11895638B2 (en) * | 2020-01-27 | 2024-02-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Signaling buffer size capability |
EP4096348A4 (en) * | 2020-02-20 | 2023-04-05 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method, device, and system |
US11751275B2 (en) * | 2020-02-20 | 2023-09-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Management of antenna switching according to a sounding reference symbol antenna switching configuration |
KR20220144823A (en) * | 2020-04-17 | 2022-10-27 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | PDSCH transmission/reception method and apparatus in a wireless communication system |
US11711170B2 (en) * | 2020-04-30 | 2023-07-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | HARQ retransmission termination based on lost redundancy version |
US11588876B2 (en) * | 2020-06-16 | 2023-02-21 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Device-side playback restrictions on high throughput networks |
GB2596118B (en) | 2020-06-18 | 2022-07-20 | British Telecomm | Cellular telecommunications network |
WO2021255107A1 (en) * | 2020-06-19 | 2021-12-23 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for buffer state report |
CN114071552A (en) * | 2020-07-29 | 2022-02-18 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Method for transmitting auxiliary information, terminal equipment and network equipment |
KR20230041720A (en) * | 2020-07-31 | 2023-03-24 | 지티이 코포레이션 | Systems and methods for signal transmission |
WO2022027449A1 (en) * | 2020-08-06 | 2022-02-10 | Zte Corporation | Valuation for ue assistance information |
GB2598295B (en) | 2020-08-19 | 2023-02-22 | British Telecomm | Content delivery |
US11533654B2 (en) | 2020-09-14 | 2022-12-20 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Data packet prioritization for downlink transmission at network level |
US11540164B2 (en) | 2020-09-14 | 2022-12-27 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Data packet prioritization for downlink transmission at sender level |
US11728958B2 (en) * | 2020-10-13 | 2023-08-15 | Charter Communications Operating, Llc | TDD configuration coordination for networks using adjacent bands |
KR102606131B1 (en) | 2020-10-15 | 2023-11-29 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and device for transmitting and receiving signals in a wireless communication system |
WO2022087202A2 (en) | 2020-10-21 | 2022-04-28 | Ofinno, Llc | Reliable transmission of multicast and broadcast services |
US11399403B1 (en) | 2020-10-21 | 2022-07-26 | Sprint Communications Company Lp | Addition thresholds for wireless access nodes based on insertion loss |
RU2763029C1 (en) * | 2020-10-29 | 2021-12-27 | Панасоник Интеллекчуал Проперти Корпорэйшн оф Америка | Subscriber apparatus, base station and method for wireless communication |
CN112399516B (en) * | 2020-12-02 | 2023-03-24 | 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 | Service processing method and device under 5G NSA (network spanning Access) shared network |
KR102429902B1 (en) * | 2021-01-18 | 2022-08-08 | 국방과학연구소 | Apparatus for detecting a base station with an outage and method thereof |
US20220248430A1 (en) * | 2021-01-29 | 2022-08-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Demodulation reference signal bundling and frequency hopping |
JP2024513851A (en) * | 2021-04-02 | 2024-03-27 | エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド | Control information transmission/reception method and device in wireless communication system |
EP4327609A1 (en) * | 2021-04-19 | 2024-02-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink scheduling using a timing parameter associated with an internet-of-things (iot) service session |
US11770171B2 (en) * | 2021-06-29 | 2023-09-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reconfigurable intelligent surface link identification |
US11711862B1 (en) | 2021-07-15 | 2023-07-25 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Dual connectivity and carrier aggregation band selection |
KR102533619B1 (en) * | 2021-09-07 | 2023-05-26 | 주식회사 블랙핀 | Method and Apparatus for reduced capability terminal to determine intra-frequency cell reselection parameter for cell reselection in mobile wireless communication system |
CN114122725B (en) * | 2021-11-04 | 2024-07-26 | 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 | Antenna angle self-adaption method and device of distributed network architecture |
CN116472758A (en) * | 2021-11-17 | 2023-07-21 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Channel measurement method and device |
US12058769B2 (en) | 2021-12-21 | 2024-08-06 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Carrier aggregation restoration |
US20230284204A1 (en) * | 2022-03-07 | 2023-09-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless traffic prediction |
US20230309182A1 (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2023-09-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User equipment power saving algorithm for discontinuous reception scenarios |
WO2023187496A1 (en) | 2022-03-29 | 2023-10-05 | The Joan and Irwin Jacobs Technion-Cornell Institute | System and method for improving connection stability via deceptive signal quality transmissions |
US20230337136A1 (en) * | 2022-04-14 | 2023-10-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User equipment assistance information and buffer status report extension for green networks |
US20230345288A1 (en) * | 2022-04-22 | 2023-10-26 | Dell Products L.P. | Modifying radio unit operational parameters |
KR102543972B1 (en) * | 2022-12-30 | 2023-06-20 | 주식회사 에스티씨랩 | Entry management method and server for automatic adjustment of entry management target based on digital service |
WO2024156192A1 (en) * | 2023-09-28 | 2024-08-02 | Lenovo (Beijing) Limited | Reporting of delay status report |
Family Cites Families (374)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4914185A (en) * | 1986-04-14 | 1990-04-03 | The Dow Chemical Company | Adducts of metabrominated phenols and polyfunctional epoxides |
US4758886A (en) * | 1986-07-24 | 1988-07-19 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Optimal color half-tone patterns for raster-scan images |
SE0002285L (en) * | 2000-06-19 | 2001-12-20 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Dynamic up and down link resource allocation |
SE524679C2 (en) * | 2002-02-15 | 2004-09-14 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Broadcast / multicast broadcast system data transmission information to a local area of a wireless network |
JP3883452B2 (en) | 2002-03-04 | 2007-02-21 | 富士通株式会社 | Communications system |
JP4309629B2 (en) * | 2002-09-13 | 2009-08-05 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Network system |
EP1574047A1 (en) | 2002-12-18 | 2005-09-14 | Nokia Corporation | Method of announcing sessions |
US20040219924A1 (en) | 2003-04-29 | 2004-11-04 | Mpf Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for optimizing a wireless communication network |
US7162250B2 (en) | 2003-05-16 | 2007-01-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for load sharing in wireless access networks based on dynamic transmission power adjustment of access points |
US7126928B2 (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2006-10-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Grant, acknowledgement, and rate control active sets |
EP1511231A1 (en) | 2003-08-28 | 2005-03-02 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | A method for transmission of data packets through a network |
US7590099B2 (en) * | 2003-09-25 | 2009-09-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Managing traffic in communications system having dissimilar CDMA channels |
SE0302654D0 (en) * | 2003-10-06 | 2003-10-06 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Method and arrangement in a telecommunication system |
US7610495B2 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2009-10-27 | Agere Systems Inc. | Method and apparatus for power management using transmission mode with reduced power |
US8406235B2 (en) * | 2003-11-26 | 2013-03-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Quality of service scheduler for a wireless network |
GB0407929D0 (en) * | 2004-04-07 | 2004-05-12 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | Mobile communications |
JP2005354126A (en) * | 2004-06-08 | 2005-12-22 | Hitachi Communication Technologies Ltd | Radio communication terminal, radio base station, and radio communication system |
FR2875667A1 (en) * | 2004-09-22 | 2006-03-24 | France Telecom | PREEMPTION METHOD FOR MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK |
US8406211B2 (en) * | 2004-09-29 | 2013-03-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Forward error correction for broadcast/multicast service |
ATE391376T1 (en) * | 2004-10-01 | 2008-04-15 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | QUALITY OF SERVICE AWARENESS CONTROL FOR UPWARD TRANSMISSIONS OVER ALLOCATED CHANNELS |
US20070075956A1 (en) * | 2004-11-04 | 2007-04-05 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Mobile terminal apparatus |
US8379553B2 (en) * | 2004-11-22 | 2013-02-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for mitigating the impact of receiving unsolicited IP packets at a wireless device |
CA2588362A1 (en) * | 2004-12-13 | 2006-06-22 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Latency reduction when setting up an uplink wireless communications channel |
US8031583B2 (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2011-10-04 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Method and apparatus for reducing round trip latency and overhead within a communication system |
US20080005348A1 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2008-01-03 | David Kosiba | System and method for enabling playlist navigation of digital multimedia content |
EP2998894B1 (en) * | 2005-07-11 | 2021-09-08 | Brooks Automation, Inc. | Intelligent condition monitoring and fault diagnostic system |
DE602006000688T2 (en) * | 2005-07-19 | 2009-03-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., Suwon | Device and method for planning data transmission in a communication system |
KR100703287B1 (en) * | 2005-07-20 | 2007-04-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | System and method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in a communication system |
JP4837957B2 (en) | 2005-08-23 | 2011-12-14 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Mobile station, base station, mobile communication system and communication method |
US7852801B2 (en) * | 2005-09-28 | 2010-12-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reducing collision probability for VoIP packets |
HRP20050953B1 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2012-04-30 | T-Mobile Hrvatska D.O.O. | Base station system performance measurement system in a gsm radio communicatioon network |
US20070189160A1 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2007-08-16 | Itamar Landau | Method and system for randomized puncturing in mobile communication systems |
US20070213059A1 (en) * | 2006-03-09 | 2007-09-13 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Wireless communication method and system for performing handover between two radio access technologies |
TWI349457B (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2011-09-21 | Innovative Sonic Ltd | Method and apparatus for de-activating hybrid automatic repeat request process in a wireless communications system |
KR101354630B1 (en) * | 2006-03-22 | 2014-01-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for requesting resource based on timer in mobile telecommunication systems |
GB0607084D0 (en) * | 2006-04-07 | 2006-05-17 | Nokia Corp | Managing connections in a mobile telecommunications network |
US7715353B2 (en) | 2006-04-21 | 2010-05-11 | Microsoft Corporation | Wireless LAN cell breathing |
WO2007125910A1 (en) * | 2006-04-25 | 2007-11-08 | Panasonic Corporation | Radio communication terminal device, radio communication base station device, and radio communication method |
US7680478B2 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2010-03-16 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Inactivity monitoring for different traffic or service classifications |
WO2007133034A2 (en) * | 2006-05-13 | 2007-11-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of performing procedures for initial network entry and handover in a broadband wireless access system |
WO2007144956A1 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2007-12-21 | Mitsubishi Electric Corporation | Mobile communication system and mobile terminal |
US7760676B2 (en) | 2006-06-20 | 2010-07-20 | Intel Corporation | Adaptive DRX cycle length based on available battery power |
EP2211342B1 (en) * | 2006-07-10 | 2011-11-02 | Panasonic Corporation | Optical disc device |
WO2008024282A2 (en) * | 2006-08-21 | 2008-02-28 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for controlling arq and harq transmissions and retranmissions in a wireless communication system |
CN100574276C (en) * | 2006-08-22 | 2009-12-23 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | The control method that the TDS-CDMA system enhanced uplink inserts at random |
US7746882B2 (en) * | 2006-08-22 | 2010-06-29 | Nokia Corporation | Method and device for assembling forward error correction frames in multimedia streaming |
KR101276462B1 (en) * | 2006-09-27 | 2013-06-19 | 삼성전자주식회사 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REQUESTING AND GRANTTING PoC USER MEDIA TRANSMISSION AUTHORITY |
KR101276839B1 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2013-06-18 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for retransmitting in the multicarriers system |
KR100938754B1 (en) * | 2006-10-30 | 2010-01-26 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Data transmission method and data receiving method using discontinuous reception |
US8125921B2 (en) * | 2006-11-17 | 2012-02-28 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Mobile station communicating with a base station via a separate uplink when the parameters of channel quality fall below the predefined thresholds |
KR100809019B1 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2008-03-03 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method for look-ahead bandwidth request in mobile communication system and mobile station using the same |
US7804799B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2010-09-28 | Intel Corporation | Uplink contention based access with quick access channel |
US7873710B2 (en) * | 2007-02-06 | 2011-01-18 | 5O9, Inc. | Contextual data communication platform |
CN101247388A (en) * | 2007-02-15 | 2008-08-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and system for negotiating media and method for transmitting media description information |
GB2447299A (en) * | 2007-03-09 | 2008-09-10 | Nec Corp | Control of discontinuous Rx/Tx in a mobile communication system |
US20080232310A1 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2008-09-25 | Shugong Xu | Flexible user equipment-specified discontinuous reception |
KR20080084739A (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2008-09-19 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method for receiving packet in mobile communication system |
US8068821B2 (en) | 2007-03-29 | 2011-11-29 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for providing content to users using unicast and broadcast wireless networks |
KR20080092222A (en) | 2007-04-11 | 2008-10-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Data transmission method in tdd system |
CN101291447B (en) * | 2007-04-20 | 2011-05-11 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | Status information acquiring method and system based on multicast service of multimedia broadcast |
EP2143233B1 (en) | 2007-04-23 | 2011-08-31 | Nokia Corporation | System and method for optimizing download user service delivery to roaming clients |
US8229346B2 (en) * | 2007-05-15 | 2012-07-24 | Nvidia Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing multimedia broadcasting multicasting services |
US8059735B2 (en) * | 2007-06-04 | 2011-11-15 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Allocation of block spreading sequences |
KR101520116B1 (en) * | 2007-06-18 | 2015-05-13 | 옵티스 와이어리스 테크놀로지, 엘엘씨 | Uplink transmission enhancement by tti bundling |
WO2008155732A2 (en) | 2007-06-19 | 2008-12-24 | Nokia Corporation | Resource-block-cluster-based load indication |
US8259673B2 (en) * | 2007-06-19 | 2012-09-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | System and method for providing voice service in a mobile network with multiple wireless technologies |
WO2008156321A2 (en) * | 2007-06-19 | 2008-12-24 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Enhancement of lte random access procedure |
CN101350936A (en) | 2007-07-19 | 2009-01-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Paging method and apparatus for radio communication system |
EP2028890B1 (en) | 2007-08-12 | 2019-01-02 | LG Electronics Inc. | Handover method with link failure recovery, wireless device and base station for implementing such method |
EP2031921A1 (en) * | 2007-08-14 | 2009-03-04 | Alcatel Lucent | Apparatus and method for handling mobile terminal capability informanion |
US8830905B2 (en) * | 2007-08-14 | 2014-09-09 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Base station apparatus, mobile station apparatus, and communications control method |
ATE556509T1 (en) | 2007-08-22 | 2012-05-15 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR DATA TRANSMISSION CONTROL |
KR100937432B1 (en) * | 2007-09-13 | 2010-01-18 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method of allocating radio resources in a wireless communication system |
US9210042B2 (en) | 2007-09-14 | 2015-12-08 | Nec Europe Ltd. | Method and system for optimizing network performances |
US7843873B2 (en) * | 2007-09-19 | 2010-11-30 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Dynamic compensation for resource stealing in communication systems |
EP2043404A1 (en) * | 2007-09-25 | 2009-04-01 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Communication system including a home base station |
US20090093281A1 (en) * | 2007-10-07 | 2009-04-09 | Mustafa Demirhan | Device, system, and method of power saving in wireless communication |
EP2206268B1 (en) * | 2007-10-23 | 2013-07-17 | Nokia Corporation | Improved re-transmission capability in semi-persistent transmission |
ATE553628T1 (en) * | 2007-11-13 | 2012-04-15 | Research In Motion Ltd | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATUS/MODE TRANSITIONS |
US8117198B2 (en) * | 2007-12-12 | 2012-02-14 | Decho Corporation | Methods for generating search engine index enhanced with task-related metadata |
US20090168708A1 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2009-07-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Techniques for maintaining quality of service for connections in wireless communication systems |
CN101472166B (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2011-11-16 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for caching and enquiring content as well as point-to-point medium transmission system |
TW200931868A (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-16 | Interdigital Patent Holdings | Method and apparatus for performing an enhanced random access channel procedure in a Cell_FACH state |
WO2009088334A1 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-16 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Compressed buffer status reports in lte |
WO2009088496A1 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-16 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | System and method for efficient half duplex transceiver operation in a packet-based wireless communication system |
US8780790B2 (en) * | 2008-01-07 | 2014-07-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | TDD operation in wireless communication systems |
US9247501B2 (en) * | 2008-01-17 | 2016-01-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Method and arrangement for handling a radio receiver in a wireless communication network |
CN101500142A (en) * | 2008-01-31 | 2009-08-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Media content fragmenting method, method, apparatus and system for providing media content |
KR101531419B1 (en) * | 2008-02-01 | 2015-06-24 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method of an uplink harq operation at an expiry of time alignment timer |
US8699487B2 (en) | 2008-02-04 | 2014-04-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink delay budget feedback |
US8559306B2 (en) | 2008-02-13 | 2013-10-15 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | End-to-end packet aggregation in mesh networks |
WO2009103183A1 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2009-08-27 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Uplink scheduling dsf wireless networks |
KR100937299B1 (en) | 2008-03-16 | 2010-01-18 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method of performing hybrid automatic repeat request harq in wireless communication system |
JP5721443B2 (en) | 2008-03-16 | 2015-05-20 | エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド | HARQ execution method in wireless communication system |
EP2120493A1 (en) | 2008-03-19 | 2009-11-18 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Mechanism for automated re-configuration of an access network element |
JP5480237B2 (en) * | 2008-03-21 | 2014-04-23 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ | Communication method and radio station therefor |
CN103648135B (en) * | 2008-03-21 | 2018-06-01 | 交互数字专利控股公司 | The method and WTRU for circuit switched fallback performed by WTRU |
ES2620744T3 (en) * | 2008-03-21 | 2017-06-29 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Prohibition of unnecessary planning requests for uplink concessions |
US20090247203A1 (en) * | 2008-03-25 | 2009-10-01 | Richard Lee-Chee Kuo | Method and Apparatus for Improving DRX Functionality |
WO2009120120A1 (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2009-10-01 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Network driven l3 control signalling prioritization |
US9030948B2 (en) * | 2008-03-30 | 2015-05-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding and decoding of control information for wireless communication |
PL3352407T3 (en) * | 2008-03-31 | 2020-04-30 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and arrangements in a telecommunications system |
US9172509B2 (en) * | 2008-04-11 | 2015-10-27 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method for transmission time interval bundling in the uplink |
EP2110990B1 (en) | 2008-04-16 | 2014-06-04 | Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy | Managing a network element |
US8942080B2 (en) * | 2008-04-17 | 2015-01-27 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Transmission of bundled ACK/NAK bits |
US8638753B2 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2014-01-28 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | QCI mapping at roaming and handover |
US8279834B2 (en) * | 2008-05-19 | 2012-10-02 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and an arrangement for legacy fallback between communication network systems |
CN102037688B (en) * | 2008-05-20 | 2015-12-02 | 艾利森电话股份有限公司 | For dividing division entity and the method for capacity |
KR101287551B1 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2013-07-18 | 노키아 지멘스 네트웍스 오와이 | Allocating resources within a communication system |
CN101605024B (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2013-01-16 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Mixed automatic retransmission requesting method |
KR101140091B1 (en) * | 2008-06-16 | 2012-04-30 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for performing a harq in a radio communication system |
US9241276B2 (en) * | 2008-06-17 | 2016-01-19 | Alcatel Lucent | Method for adaptive formation of cell clusters for cellular wireless networks with coordinated transmission and reception |
WO2010003509A1 (en) * | 2008-06-17 | 2010-01-14 | Nec Europe Ltd. | Method of subcarrier allocation in an ofdma-based communication network and network |
KR20110036049A (en) * | 2008-06-23 | 2011-04-06 | 코닌클리케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. | Method for communicating in a network and radio stations associated |
WO2009157729A2 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2009-12-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | A method of timing the harq feedback when the corresponding transmission overlaps with the measurement gaps in a wireless communication system |
WO2010002734A2 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2010-01-07 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus to support single user (su) and multiuser (mu) beamforming with antenna array groups |
JP5089504B2 (en) | 2008-07-01 | 2012-12-05 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Wireless communication system, base station, user apparatus and method |
US9867203B2 (en) | 2008-07-11 | 2018-01-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Synchronous TDM-based communication in dominant interference scenarios |
JP5599396B2 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2014-10-01 | アルカテル−ルーセント | Method and apparatus for restructuring a network topology in a wireless relay communication network |
KR100995716B1 (en) | 2008-08-04 | 2010-11-19 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Near-field radio frequency identification reader antenna |
US8489950B2 (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2013-07-16 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Discontinuous reception retransmission timer and method |
KR100939722B1 (en) * | 2008-08-11 | 2010-02-01 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Data transmission method and user equipment for the same |
EP2316183A4 (en) * | 2008-08-11 | 2014-07-30 | Nokia Corp | Method and apparatus for providing bundled transmissions |
US8321740B2 (en) * | 2008-08-15 | 2012-11-27 | Innovative Sonic Limited | Method and apparatus of handling TTI bundling |
CN101677282A (en) * | 2008-09-18 | 2010-03-24 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Configuration method and base station for radio resource scheduling |
US8160014B2 (en) * | 2008-09-19 | 2012-04-17 | Nokia Corporation | Configuration of multi-periodicity semi-persistent scheduling for time division duplex operation in a packet-based wireless communication system |
US8780817B2 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2014-07-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and method for reducing overhead for communications |
JP5171765B2 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2013-03-27 | 創新音▲速▼股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Method and apparatus for improving interaction between scheduling request procedure and random access procedure |
KR101072111B1 (en) * | 2008-10-07 | 2011-10-10 | 에스케이 텔레콤주식회사 | Method for schduling traffic of home node, and applied to the same |
TWI552630B (en) * | 2008-10-20 | 2016-10-01 | 內數位專利控股公司 | Control channel signaling and acquisition for carrier aggregation |
JP5312285B2 (en) * | 2008-10-22 | 2013-10-09 | 創新音▲速▼股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Method and communication apparatus for processing UL-SCH transmission |
US8902805B2 (en) * | 2008-10-24 | 2014-12-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Cell relay packet routing |
KR101215690B1 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2012-12-26 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for performing harq process in wireless communication system |
WO2010049587A1 (en) * | 2008-10-31 | 2010-05-06 | Nokia Corporation | Dynamic allocation of subframe scheduling for time division duplex operation in a packet-based wireless communication system |
RU2516321C2 (en) | 2008-11-03 | 2014-05-20 | РОКСТАР КОНСОРЦИУМ ЮЭс ЛП | Method for coordinated multipoint transmission of information in wireless communication network and means for realising said method |
RU2491780C2 (en) | 2008-11-04 | 2013-08-27 | Рокстар Бидко, Лп | Method of wireless communication and mobile station and base station it applies |
ES2971915T3 (en) * | 2008-11-10 | 2024-06-10 | Malikie Innovations Ltd | Method, apparatus and computer-readable storage medium for transitioning a battery to an efficient state |
CN101741442B (en) * | 2008-11-20 | 2013-03-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for confirming resource mapping in cooperative multicast transmission, network equipment and system |
WO2010060483A1 (en) | 2008-11-27 | 2010-06-03 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Method for controlling self-optimization within a network |
CN101415026B (en) * | 2008-11-28 | 2012-06-27 | 闻泰通讯股份有限公司 | Method for analyzing XML formatted data of dynamic content distribution client terminal |
KR101237549B1 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2013-02-26 | 모토로라 모빌리티 엘엘씨 | Semi-persistent resource release by wireless communication device |
EP2202802B1 (en) * | 2008-12-24 | 2012-09-26 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Driver circuit and semiconductor device |
JP5199223B2 (en) * | 2008-12-30 | 2013-05-15 | 創新音▲速▼股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Method and communication apparatus for improving ACK / NACK bundling |
CN101777941B (en) | 2009-01-12 | 2014-10-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Downlink mode of transmission, network devices and wireless device in the coordinated multiple-point transmission systems |
US8379583B2 (en) | 2009-01-30 | 2013-02-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for multiplexing legacy long term evolution user equipment with advanced long term evolution user equipment |
CA2751346C (en) | 2009-02-02 | 2016-08-02 | Research In Motion Limited | Indication of uplink semi-persistent scheduling explicit release using a downlink physical downlink control channel |
KR101637579B1 (en) * | 2009-02-06 | 2016-07-08 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for supporting multuple carrier |
CN102308654B (en) * | 2009-02-09 | 2014-11-26 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Method and arrangement in a wireless communication system |
WO2010093205A2 (en) * | 2009-02-12 | 2010-08-19 | (주)엘지전자 | Method for avoiding interference |
KR20100094924A (en) | 2009-02-19 | 2010-08-27 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request operation in wireless mobile communication system |
EP2222011A3 (en) * | 2009-02-19 | 2014-10-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request operation in a wireless mobile communication system |
US8144657B2 (en) * | 2009-02-26 | 2012-03-27 | Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. | Clustering based resource allocation in multi-cell OFDMA networks |
US8705501B2 (en) | 2009-03-09 | 2014-04-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for facilitating a communication between an access point base station and a neighboring base station |
US8620334B2 (en) * | 2009-03-13 | 2013-12-31 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for carrier assignment, configuration and switching for multicarrier wireless communications |
US8615049B2 (en) * | 2009-03-25 | 2013-12-24 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for controlling co-channel interference in a wireless communication system |
CN101541048A (en) * | 2009-04-03 | 2009-09-23 | 华为技术有限公司 | Service quality control method and network equipment |
WO2010121204A1 (en) * | 2009-04-17 | 2010-10-21 | Research In Motion Limited | Mechanisms for evolved packet system quality of service class identifier extension |
KR101547545B1 (en) * | 2009-04-20 | 2015-09-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | A method for inter-cell interference coordination in a wireless communication system and an apparatus thereof |
KR101637584B1 (en) | 2009-04-21 | 2016-07-07 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | METHOD OF MAINTAINING A QUALITY OF SERVICE(QoS) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM |
US20100271970A1 (en) * | 2009-04-22 | 2010-10-28 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information for carrier aggregated spectrums |
WO2010123323A2 (en) | 2009-04-23 | 2010-10-28 | 엘지전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for implementing a harq in a multi-carrier system |
CN101873596B (en) | 2009-04-27 | 2014-08-13 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and system for optimizing network coverage and capacity |
US8885479B2 (en) * | 2009-05-07 | 2014-11-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multicarrier retransmission feedback |
WO2010132884A1 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-18 | Ciso Technology, Inc. | System and method for a self-organizing network |
US8621520B2 (en) | 2009-05-19 | 2013-12-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Delivery of selective content to client applications by mobile broadcast device with content filtering capability |
US8576714B2 (en) * | 2009-05-29 | 2013-11-05 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for relay node flow control in a wireless communications system |
KR101558305B1 (en) | 2009-06-09 | 2015-10-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for controlling access mode of node b in wireless communication system |
US9065779B2 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2015-06-23 | Wi-Lan Labs, Inc. | Systems and methods for prioritizing and scheduling packets in a communication network |
US8208937B2 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2012-06-26 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for uplink inter cell interference coordination in a wireless access system |
US8665724B2 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2014-03-04 | Cygnus Broadband, Inc. | Systems and methods for prioritizing and scheduling packets in a communication network |
WO2010143900A2 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2010-12-16 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for flow control in wireless communication system |
PT3419366T (en) | 2009-06-15 | 2021-02-01 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd | Method for discontinuous reception operation for long term evolution advanced carrier aggregation |
CN101932038B (en) * | 2009-06-19 | 2013-03-27 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Transmission method of radio access bearer and system thereof |
US8351456B2 (en) * | 2009-06-29 | 2013-01-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for radio filtering in a multi-radio device |
US20100329188A1 (en) * | 2009-06-29 | 2010-12-30 | Yu-Chih Jen | Method for Handling Transmission Status and Related Communication Device |
US8509193B2 (en) | 2009-07-21 | 2013-08-13 | Microsoft Corporation | Packet aggregation |
US8155608B2 (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2012-04-10 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for enhanced parallel receiving interworking in a wireless communications system |
US20110205980A1 (en) * | 2009-08-10 | 2011-08-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-node resource request pipelining |
CN101998296B (en) * | 2009-08-17 | 2014-10-29 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Control method and system of empty QoS (Quality of Service) |
KR101641388B1 (en) * | 2009-08-19 | 2016-07-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for using reference signal of relay station and relay station using the method |
KR20110020005A (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2011-03-02 | 주식회사 팬택 | Method for tranmitting and receiving data in wireless communication system |
CN101997649B (en) * | 2009-08-21 | 2014-12-10 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for processing MU-MIMO (Multiuser Multiple-Input Multiple-Output) based on orthogonal diversity |
KR20110020708A (en) | 2009-08-24 | 2011-03-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for generating and multiplexing of control channel for inter-cell interference coordication in ofdm system |
KR101761610B1 (en) * | 2009-08-26 | 2017-07-26 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method of time-slot based multiple ack/nack transmission |
WO2011023234A1 (en) * | 2009-08-27 | 2011-03-03 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Method and apparatus for operation of a communication network |
WO2011025427A1 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2011-03-03 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Method and arrangement in a wireless communication system |
WO2011025434A1 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2011-03-03 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and arrangement in a wireless communication system |
US8811299B2 (en) | 2009-09-15 | 2014-08-19 | Intel Corporation | Techniques for requesting bandwidth allocation |
JP5463418B2 (en) * | 2009-09-25 | 2014-04-09 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エル エム エリクソン(パブル) | Enhanced allocation / retention policy solutions |
KR101367570B1 (en) | 2009-09-27 | 2014-02-26 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus of transmitting reference signal in wireless communication system |
KR101783064B1 (en) | 2009-09-28 | 2017-09-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Extending physical downlink control channels |
US8687602B2 (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2014-04-01 | Apple Inc. | Methods and apparatus for error correction for coordinated wireless base stations |
US8670396B2 (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2014-03-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink control channel resource allocation for transmit diversity |
CN102036348B (en) * | 2009-09-30 | 2014-01-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Discontinuous reception configuration method and system |
WO2011046350A2 (en) * | 2009-10-12 | 2011-04-21 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method and apparatus for controlling neighbor cell interference |
KR20110040672A (en) * | 2009-10-12 | 2011-04-20 | 주식회사 팬택 | Appratus and method for transmitting and receiving control channel in wireless communication system |
US9232462B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2016-01-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for cross-cell coordination and signaling |
EP2491671B1 (en) * | 2009-10-19 | 2021-06-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transmission diversity and multiplexing for harq-ack signals in communication systems |
CN102056186B (en) | 2009-10-27 | 2016-08-24 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of neighbor cell list of home base station and the update method of wireless parameter |
CN102055700B (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2015-06-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for CC configuration in CA |
US9042840B2 (en) * | 2009-11-02 | 2015-05-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Cross-carrier/cross-subframe indication in a multi-carrier wireless network |
CN102056336B (en) | 2009-11-02 | 2013-01-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for cooperatively processing self-organizing operation, and communication system |
CN102056206B (en) | 2009-11-04 | 2015-06-10 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Self-organization operation processing method and device |
MX2012005868A (en) | 2009-11-23 | 2012-11-30 | Research In Motion Ltd | State or mode transition triggering based on sri message transmission. |
ES2494193T3 (en) | 2009-11-23 | 2014-09-15 | Blackberry Limited | Method and apparatus for performing a state / mode transition to rapid inactivity |
WO2011068784A1 (en) * | 2009-12-01 | 2011-06-09 | Azuki Systems, Inc. | Method and system for secure and reliable video streaming with rate adaptation |
US20110134831A1 (en) | 2009-12-03 | 2011-06-09 | Nokia Corporation | Architecture Providing Multi-System Carrier Aggregation |
KR101821407B1 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2018-01-24 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Apparatus and method of transmitting reception acknowledgement in wireless communication system |
US8873454B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2014-10-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and method for transmit-response timing for relay operation in wireless communications |
JP2013515421A (en) * | 2009-12-22 | 2013-05-02 | 富士通株式会社 | Transmission method in a communication system using relay nodes |
US8453124B2 (en) * | 2009-12-23 | 2013-05-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Collecting computer processor instrumentation data |
US20110317656A1 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2011-12-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Cluster-specific reference signals for communication systems with multiple transmission points |
US20110176461A1 (en) * | 2009-12-23 | 2011-07-21 | Telefonakatiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Determining configuration of subframes in a radio communications system |
KR101085473B1 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2011-11-21 | 한국과학기술원 | Frame timer system and time division duplex downling and uplink seperation signal generator using multi level counter in wireless communication system |
US9158769B2 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2015-10-13 | Adam Dunstan | Systems and methods for network content delivery |
US8983532B2 (en) * | 2009-12-30 | 2015-03-17 | Blackberry Limited | Method and system for a wireless communication device to adopt varied functionalities based on different communication systems by specific protocol messages |
WO2011083984A2 (en) * | 2010-01-07 | 2011-07-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Resource indexing for acknowledgement signals in response to receptions of multiple assignments |
WO2011083774A1 (en) | 2010-01-08 | 2011-07-14 | パナソニック株式会社 | Communication apparatus and communication method |
US8855064B2 (en) | 2010-01-12 | 2014-10-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Bundled frequency division multiplexing structure in wireless communications |
US8948289B2 (en) * | 2010-01-12 | 2015-02-03 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and device for codebook generation and downlink signal transmission in a wireless communication system supporting multiple antennas |
US10389479B2 (en) | 2010-01-29 | 2019-08-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for signaling expansion and backward compatibility preservation in wireless communication systems |
KR101742994B1 (en) * | 2010-02-09 | 2017-06-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | A method of performing a random access in a mobile communication ststem and an apparatus for the same |
CN102158884B (en) | 2010-02-11 | 2016-05-11 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of method and system of carrying out Physical Resource Block binding configuration |
KR101664279B1 (en) * | 2010-02-16 | 2016-10-12 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Controlling method and apparatus for discontinuous reception in a wireless communication system |
US9337962B2 (en) * | 2010-02-17 | 2016-05-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Continuous mode operation for wireless communications systems |
US8514798B2 (en) * | 2010-02-25 | 2013-08-20 | Mediatek Inc. | Methods for scheduling channel activities for multiple radio access technologies in a communications apparatus and communications apparatuses utilizing the same |
US8849272B2 (en) * | 2010-02-25 | 2014-09-30 | Mediatek Inc. | Methods for coordinating radio activities in different radio access technologies and apparatuses utilizing the same |
CN102170652A (en) | 2010-02-26 | 2011-08-31 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for managing self-healing function in wireless network |
SE535695C2 (en) * | 2010-03-03 | 2012-11-13 | Sandvik Intellectual Property | conveyor |
US9042311B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2015-05-26 | Intel Corporation | Techniques for evaluation and improvement of user experience for applications in mobile wireless networks |
US8780845B2 (en) * | 2010-03-07 | 2014-07-15 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining size of transport block transmitted by base station to relay node in radio communication system |
JP5714693B2 (en) * | 2010-03-22 | 2015-05-07 | サムスン エレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド | Multiplexing control and data information from user equipment on physical data channel |
US8724545B2 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2014-05-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus to facilitate support for multi-radio coexistence |
EP2373076A1 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2011-10-05 | Alcatel Lucent | Adapting a plurality of parameters in a wireless communication network |
JP4772910B1 (en) * | 2010-04-05 | 2011-09-14 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Base station and method in mobile communication system |
US9083501B2 (en) * | 2010-04-05 | 2015-07-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Feedback of control information for multiple carriers |
KR101605687B1 (en) * | 2010-04-12 | 2016-03-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for estimating delay about buffer data of terminal in mobile communication system |
US20110249619A1 (en) * | 2010-04-13 | 2011-10-13 | Yi Yu | Wireless communication system using multiple-serving nodes |
US8730903B2 (en) | 2010-04-22 | 2014-05-20 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for channel estimation for radio link between a base station and a relay station |
KR101673906B1 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2016-11-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for mapping of ack/nack channel for supporting sdma downlink control channel in ofdm system |
CN102238595B (en) | 2010-04-30 | 2014-02-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and equipment for processing cell outage |
CN102237991B (en) * | 2010-04-30 | 2016-08-24 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | The method sending ACK/NACK information in a tdd system |
US20110267943A1 (en) * | 2010-04-30 | 2011-11-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Static uu-un bearer mapping based on quality of service |
US8867458B2 (en) | 2010-04-30 | 2014-10-21 | Nokia Corporation | Network controlled device to device / machine to machine cluster operation |
US8543054B2 (en) * | 2010-05-03 | 2013-09-24 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for uplink scheduling using relays |
WO2011139305A1 (en) * | 2010-05-04 | 2011-11-10 | Azuki Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for carrier controlled dynamic rate adaptation and client playout rate reduction |
US8982743B2 (en) * | 2010-05-14 | 2015-03-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | DAI designs for FDD carrier aggregation |
JP2011249964A (en) * | 2010-05-25 | 2011-12-08 | Sharp Corp | Communication system, mobile station device, base station device, measuring method and integrated circuit |
MY163407A (en) * | 2010-05-25 | 2017-09-15 | Interdigital Patent Holdings Inc | Retuning gaps and scheduling gaps in discontinuous reception |
US9288690B2 (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2016-03-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus for clustering cells using neighbor relations |
JP5411064B2 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2014-02-12 | 京セラ株式会社 | Radio base station, radio communication system, and control method |
US8873483B2 (en) * | 2010-06-03 | 2014-10-28 | Htc Corporation | Method of handling semi-persistent scheduling cell radio network temporary identifier and related communication device |
US8379517B2 (en) * | 2010-06-14 | 2013-02-19 | Alcatel Lucent | Call admission and preemption for multiple bit-rate applications |
WO2011157236A1 (en) * | 2010-06-18 | 2011-12-22 | Mediatek Inc. | Method for coordinating transmissions between different communications apparatuses and communication sapparatuses utilizing the same |
US20110310789A1 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2011-12-22 | Teck Hu | Method of uplink control channel allocation for a relay backhaul link |
US9036577B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2015-05-19 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America | Wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication method |
US9148204B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2015-09-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Physical resource block (PRB) bundling for open loop beamforming |
CN102316581B (en) | 2010-06-29 | 2014-12-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | Distribution method and equipment for pre-coding resource groups |
EP2408196B1 (en) * | 2010-07-14 | 2017-01-11 | Alcatel Lucent | A method, server and terminal for generating a composite view from multiple content items |
KR20120010089A (en) * | 2010-07-20 | 2012-02-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for improving quality of multimedia streaming service based on hypertext transfer protocol |
US9585024B2 (en) * | 2010-07-27 | 2017-02-28 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System and method for self-organized inter-cell interference coordination |
JP5073021B2 (en) * | 2010-07-28 | 2012-11-14 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Intracluster cooperation and intercluster interference avoidance method, radio communication system, aggregation station, and radio base station |
WO2012020954A1 (en) | 2010-08-09 | 2012-02-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transmission of harq control information from a user equipment for downlink carrier aggregation |
CN102083192A (en) * | 2010-08-12 | 2011-06-01 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Cell energy-saving deactivation method, system and equipment |
US9112692B2 (en) * | 2010-08-16 | 2015-08-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | ACK/NACK transmission for multi-carrier operation |
US8599763B2 (en) * | 2010-08-16 | 2013-12-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Timing control in a multi-point high speed downlink packet access network |
GB2483057B (en) * | 2010-08-20 | 2012-11-28 | Wireless Tech Solutions Llc | Apparatus, method and system for managing data transmission |
KR101715866B1 (en) * | 2010-08-26 | 2017-03-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for adaptive scheduling based on coordinated rank in multi-cell communication system |
US8416741B2 (en) * | 2010-09-07 | 2013-04-09 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Machine-to-machine communications over fixed wireless networks |
CA2809721C (en) * | 2010-09-13 | 2014-01-14 | Blinq Wireless Inc. | System and method for co-channel interference measurement and managed adaptive resource allocation for wireless backhaul |
WO2012044211A1 (en) | 2010-09-27 | 2012-04-05 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | A method and an arrangement for sharing of a first cell radio network temporary identifier |
CN101964985B (en) | 2010-09-29 | 2013-11-13 | 中国科学院声学研究所 | Coverage and capacity self-optimization device of self-organization network in LTE/LTE-A and method thereof |
EP2437422A1 (en) * | 2010-10-01 | 2012-04-04 | Panasonic Corporation | Search space for uplink and downlink grant in an OFDM-based mobile communication system |
WO2012043307A1 (en) | 2010-10-01 | 2012-04-05 | 日本電気株式会社 | Wireless communication system and method, wireless terminal, wireless station, and operation management server device |
US20120082079A1 (en) * | 2010-10-04 | 2012-04-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Discontinuous transmission (dtx) signaling in uplink data channel |
PL2625801T3 (en) * | 2010-10-04 | 2021-09-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for handling in-device co-existence interference in a wireless communication enviroment |
CN101984619A (en) * | 2010-10-12 | 2011-03-09 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Implementation method and system of streaming media service |
CN107105494B (en) * | 2010-11-03 | 2021-07-06 | 三星电子株式会社 | Method and device for determining transmission power of physical uplink control channel |
KR20120049449A (en) * | 2010-11-08 | 2012-05-17 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Wireless communication system and method for managing resource for inter-cell interference coordication thereof |
JP4897918B1 (en) * | 2010-11-08 | 2012-03-14 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Mobile terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication control method |
CN102467121B (en) * | 2010-11-11 | 2015-12-02 | 新奥科技发展有限公司 | The control method of the system energy efficiency controller of pan-energy network and control method and terminal device |
CN101989898A (en) * | 2010-11-15 | 2011-03-23 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting response message |
US20120127930A1 (en) * | 2010-11-22 | 2012-05-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink data arrival random access procedure |
CN103229585A (en) * | 2010-11-30 | 2013-07-31 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Methods and devices for supporting state reconfiguration of user equipments |
EP3319395B1 (en) * | 2010-12-03 | 2023-05-03 | InterDigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for performing multi-radio access technology carrier aggregation |
KR101867311B1 (en) * | 2010-12-21 | 2018-07-19 | 주식회사 골드피크이노베이션즈 | Method And Apparatus For Allocating ACK/NACK Resource And ACK/NACK Signal Transmitting Method Using The Same |
US20120170497A1 (en) * | 2011-01-04 | 2012-07-05 | HT mMobile Inc. | Method for reporting srs in discontinuous reception and wireless communication system thereof |
CN102065490B (en) * | 2011-01-17 | 2014-04-02 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method and equipment for coordinating downlink transmitting power between base stations |
US9578649B2 (en) * | 2011-01-20 | 2017-02-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus to facilitate support for multi-radio coexistence |
CN102098799B (en) | 2011-01-26 | 2013-04-03 | 北京邮电大学 | Intelligent cognitive wireless network system for realizing heterogeneous network convergence |
WO2012108718A2 (en) * | 2011-02-10 | 2012-08-16 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and device for scheduling in carrier aggregate system |
EP2919545B1 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2016-09-28 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Device and method for an enhanced control channel (e-pdcch) |
KR101907528B1 (en) * | 2011-02-18 | 2018-10-12 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Mobile communication system and method for receiving/transmitting channel thereof |
US8611217B2 (en) * | 2011-02-25 | 2013-12-17 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Subscriber/service differentiation in advanced wireless networks |
CN106130707B (en) * | 2011-03-24 | 2019-05-28 | Lg电子株式会社 | For sending/receiving the method and device thereof of signal |
US20120250601A1 (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2012-10-04 | Hyung-Nam Choi | Communication terminal, method for exchanging data, communication device and method for establishing a communication connection |
WO2012139272A1 (en) * | 2011-04-11 | 2012-10-18 | Renesas Mobile Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing for discontinuous reception via cells having different time division duplex subframe configurations |
US8787351B2 (en) * | 2011-04-14 | 2014-07-22 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for scheduling transmissions in a communication network |
CN103477673B (en) | 2011-04-21 | 2017-03-08 | 诺基亚通信公司 | Coordination in self-organizing network |
CN102170338B (en) * | 2011-04-29 | 2013-09-25 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Method and device for transmitting ACKNACK feedback information |
WO2012149319A1 (en) * | 2011-04-29 | 2012-11-01 | Research In Motion Limited | Receiving messages in connection with lte wakeup |
US8897237B2 (en) * | 2011-04-29 | 2014-11-25 | Motorola Solutions, Inc. | Granting scheduling requests in a wireless communication system |
EP2705683B1 (en) * | 2011-05-03 | 2017-05-10 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Physical cell identifier (pci) adaptation to mitigate interference in heterogeneous cellular network |
US8797924B2 (en) * | 2011-05-06 | 2014-08-05 | Innovative Sonic Corporation | Method and apparatus to improve discontinuous reception (DRX) operation for TDD (time division duplex) and FDD (frequency division duplex) mode in carrier aggregation (CA) |
US9271281B2 (en) * | 2011-05-06 | 2016-02-23 | Innovation Sonic Corporation | Method and apparatus to improve inter-band carrier aggregation (CA) in TDD (time division duplex) mode |
US8594747B2 (en) * | 2011-05-06 | 2013-11-26 | Apple Inc. | Adaptive fast dormancy in a mobile device |
CN102170703A (en) | 2011-05-11 | 2011-08-31 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Method for receiving and transmitting information on physical downlink control channel and equipment thereof |
US20120294163A1 (en) * | 2011-05-19 | 2012-11-22 | Renesas Mobile Corporation | Apparatus and Method for Direct Device-to-Device Communication in a Mobile Communication System |
US8873398B2 (en) * | 2011-05-23 | 2014-10-28 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Implementing EPC in a cloud computer with openflow data plane |
CN102215094B (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2013-11-20 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Method, system and equipment for sending and receiving uplink feedback information |
PL2721792T3 (en) * | 2011-06-15 | 2020-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Extension of physical downlink control signaling in a communication system |
US9413509B2 (en) * | 2011-06-17 | 2016-08-09 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledge resource allocation for enhanced physical downlink control channel |
US9363050B2 (en) * | 2011-06-22 | 2016-06-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and device for performing a random access process |
US9160779B2 (en) * | 2011-06-30 | 2015-10-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Dynamic adaptive streaming proxy for unicast or broadcast/multicast services |
US20130003604A1 (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2013-01-03 | Research In Motion Limited | Method and Apparatus for Enhancing Downlink Control Information Transmission |
US9007972B2 (en) | 2011-07-01 | 2015-04-14 | Intel Corporation | Communication state transitioning control |
CN102355692A (en) * | 2011-07-22 | 2012-02-15 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Method and equipment for allocating quality of service measurement and reporting quality of service measurement |
US9590814B2 (en) * | 2011-08-01 | 2017-03-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for transport of dynamic adaptive streaming over HTTP (DASH) initialization segment description fragments as user service description fragments |
US9258086B2 (en) * | 2011-08-03 | 2016-02-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Allocating physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) resources |
US10321419B2 (en) * | 2011-08-10 | 2019-06-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for transmitting data using a multi-carrier in a mobile communication system |
US20130039291A1 (en) * | 2011-08-12 | 2013-02-14 | Research In Motion Limited | Design on Enhanced Control Channel for Wireless System |
CN103733697B (en) * | 2011-08-12 | 2018-01-12 | 交互数字专利控股公司 | For Power Control and the method and apparatus of timing advance |
US8665811B2 (en) * | 2011-08-15 | 2014-03-04 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Reference signal for a control channel in wireless communication network |
US8923274B2 (en) * | 2011-08-15 | 2014-12-30 | Blackberry Limited | Notifying a UL/DL configuration in LTE TDD systems |
US8917679B2 (en) | 2011-08-16 | 2014-12-23 | Nokia Corporation | Method for signaling the overlap of downlink control and data channels |
CN102307086B (en) * | 2011-08-19 | 2017-03-15 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Based on method and communication terminal that carrier aggregation technology realizes mixed communication |
US9277398B2 (en) * | 2011-08-22 | 2016-03-01 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | User equipment capability signaling |
CN103797772B (en) * | 2011-09-09 | 2018-07-17 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | The differentiation for the data service adjusted using the user class correlation of network address lookup is handled |
US8842628B2 (en) * | 2011-09-12 | 2014-09-23 | Blackberry Limited | Enhanced PDCCH with transmit diversity in LTE systems |
WO2013043023A2 (en) * | 2011-09-23 | 2013-03-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting control information and apparatus for same |
EP3091684B1 (en) * | 2011-09-23 | 2017-11-08 | LG Electronics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting control information |
US8934424B2 (en) * | 2011-09-29 | 2015-01-13 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Devices for reconfiguring a subframe allocation |
TWI491219B (en) * | 2011-09-29 | 2015-07-01 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Method and wireless communication system for providing downlink control signalling for communication apparatus |
WO2013044959A1 (en) * | 2011-09-29 | 2013-04-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and network notes for controlling resources of a service session as well as corresponding system and computer program |
US8891402B2 (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2014-11-18 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Devices for reporting uplink information |
CN102316595B (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2017-04-12 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Resource determination method and device for physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) of large-band-width system |
KR20140097160A (en) * | 2011-10-18 | 2014-08-06 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for mitigating inter-cell interference in wireless communication system and device therefor |
US20130107727A1 (en) * | 2011-10-27 | 2013-05-02 | Nokia Corporation | Apparatus and Method for the Management of Reception Parameters in a Communication System |
EP2774308B1 (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2021-07-07 | Apple Inc. | Selection of acknowledgment timing in wireless communications |
US9236991B2 (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2016-01-12 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Network node, user equipment and methods therein |
US9014210B2 (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2015-04-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for managing retransmission resources |
JP5737425B2 (en) | 2011-11-17 | 2015-06-17 | 日本電気株式会社 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND PROGRAM |
WO2013077657A1 (en) * | 2011-11-23 | 2013-05-30 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transceiving downlink control channel in wireless communication system |
US9426798B2 (en) * | 2011-12-08 | 2016-08-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for estimating data channel in wireless communication system, and apparatus for same |
US8854958B2 (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2014-10-07 | Cygnus Broadband, Inc. | Congestion induced video scaling |
US8977704B2 (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2015-03-10 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for flexible caching of delivered media |
CA2768483C (en) * | 2011-12-30 | 2019-08-20 | Sandvine Incorporated Ulc | Systems and methods for managing quality of service |
WO2013103219A1 (en) * | 2012-01-03 | 2013-07-11 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for setting downlink transmission power in wireless access system, and apparatus therefor |
US9603125B2 (en) * | 2012-01-19 | 2017-03-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Reference signal design and association for physical downlink control channels |
CN103227995B (en) | 2012-01-30 | 2016-03-02 | 华为技术有限公司 | Self-organizing network coordination approach, equipment and system |
US20140071860A1 (en) * | 2012-01-30 | 2014-03-13 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Setting Timers when Using Radio Carrier Aggregation |
US9071985B2 (en) * | 2012-02-01 | 2015-06-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and method for user equipment assisted congestion control |
US9179456B2 (en) * | 2012-02-07 | 2015-11-03 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for downlink control channels transmissions in wireless communications systems |
EP3386138B1 (en) * | 2012-02-14 | 2020-01-22 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink and downlink data in tdd system |
EP2815603B1 (en) * | 2012-02-17 | 2019-09-25 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Hierarchical traffic differentiation to handle congestion and/or manage user quality of experience |
US9450997B2 (en) | 2012-02-27 | 2016-09-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Dash client and receiver with request cancellation capabilities |
EP2637344B1 (en) * | 2012-03-05 | 2022-01-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | HARQ-ACK signal transmission in response to detection of control channel type in case of multiple control channel types |
WO2013133738A1 (en) * | 2012-03-06 | 2013-09-12 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and network node for determining admittance based on reason for not achieving quality of service |
JP6059331B2 (en) * | 2012-03-15 | 2017-01-11 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パブル) | Downlink interference coordination in wireless communication networks |
SE540287C2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2018-05-22 | Intel Corp | Method and apparatus for coordinating self-optimization functions in a wireless network |
US9544876B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-01-10 | Intel Corporation | Downlink control information (DCI) validation for enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) |
US9526091B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2016-12-20 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for coordination of self-optimization functions in a wireless network |
KR101868865B1 (en) * | 2012-03-19 | 2018-06-19 | 주식회사 골드피크이노베이션즈 | Apparatus and method for controling in-device coexistence interference in wireless communication system |
US9497756B2 (en) * | 2012-03-25 | 2016-11-15 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Base station radio resource management |
WO2013153276A1 (en) | 2012-04-12 | 2013-10-17 | Nokia Corporation | Transmit diversity on a control channel without additional reference signals |
WO2013156056A1 (en) * | 2012-04-17 | 2013-10-24 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Device-to-device transmission in communications |
US9681382B2 (en) * | 2012-05-11 | 2017-06-13 | Intel Corporation | Radio coexistence in wireless networks |
US9094960B2 (en) * | 2012-05-30 | 2015-07-28 | Intel Corporation | Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mapping for carrier aggregation (CA) |
US8913518B2 (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2014-12-16 | Intel Corporation | Enhanced node B, user equipment and methods for discontinuous reception in inter-ENB carrier aggregation |
GB2505907A (en) * | 2012-09-13 | 2014-03-19 | Vodafone Ip Licensing Ltd | Coordinating allocation of resource blocks to cell edge users based on a high priority indication |
GB2505906B (en) * | 2012-09-13 | 2014-11-26 | Vodafone Ip Licensing Ltd | Multicoordination scheduling |
KR101910008B1 (en) * | 2012-11-07 | 2018-12-19 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for inter cell interference coordination in mobile communication system |
WO2014138440A1 (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2014-09-12 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc,. | Interference management and interference alignment in wireless networks including small base stations |
WO2014184347A1 (en) | 2013-05-17 | 2014-11-20 | Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy | Quality of service / load based user equipment selection of radio access technology |
-
2012
- 2012-08-09 US US13/570,941 patent/US9526091B2/en active Active
- 2012-08-22 US US13/591,865 patent/US9655086B2/en active Active
- 2012-08-22 US US13/591,673 patent/US9398572B2/en active Active
- 2012-08-23 US US13/593,044 patent/US8885526B2/en active Active
- 2012-08-23 US US13/592,598 patent/US9288797B2/en active Active
- 2012-08-29 US US13/598,320 patent/US9226278B2/en active Active
- 2012-08-31 US US13/600,675 patent/US20130242887A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2012-09-14 US US13/620,093 patent/US8817734B2/en active Active
- 2012-09-14 US US13/620,108 patent/US8958379B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-09-25 US US13/625,977 patent/US8902741B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-09-25 US US13/626,661 patent/US8793743B2/en active Active
- 2012-09-27 US US13/628,923 patent/US9155082B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-09-27 US US13/629,546 patent/US8989118B2/en active Active
- 2012-09-28 US US13/629,928 patent/US9215701B2/en active Active
- 2012-09-28 US US13/629,682 patent/US8923323B2/en active Active
- 2012-09-28 US US13/631,341 patent/US9271278B2/en active Active
- 2012-12-17 US US13/716,978 patent/US9686089B2/en active Active
-
2013
- 2013-02-07 TW TW103143030A patent/TWI539771B/en active
- 2013-02-07 TW TW102104851A patent/TWI516054B/en active
- 2013-02-18 EP EP13760993.9A patent/EP2826189B1/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 JP JP2014560927A patent/JP6022610B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 CA CA2866352A patent/CA2866352C/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 EP EP15151505.3A patent/EP2863686B1/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 ES ES13761383.2T patent/ES2656895T3/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 RU RU2014137294/07A patent/RU2596151C2/en active
- 2013-02-18 WO PCT/US2013/026604 patent/WO2013138021A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-18 JP JP2015500437A patent/JP6064248B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 WO PCT/US2013/026603 patent/WO2013138020A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-18 KR KR1020147025683A patent/KR101652188B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-18 FI FIEP20190741.7T patent/FI3754877T3/en active
- 2013-02-18 AU AU2013232616A patent/AU2013232616B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 BR BR112014020867-0A patent/BR112014020867B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-18 HU HUE13761383A patent/HUE036111T2/en unknown
- 2013-02-18 KR KR1020177001384A patent/KR101823842B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-18 MY MYPI2014702438A patent/MY178014A/en unknown
- 2013-02-18 WO PCT/US2013/026599 patent/WO2013138019A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-18 CN CN201380018277.0A patent/CN104205884B/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 BR BR112014021615-0A patent/BR112014021615B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-18 KR KR1020147025705A patent/KR101700018B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-18 KR KR1020147025704A patent/KR101761988B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-18 MX MX2014008942A patent/MX347863B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-18 EP EP13761752.8A patent/EP2826190B1/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 JP JP2014557861A patent/JP5922261B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 KR KR1020167022849A patent/KR101874729B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-18 EP EP17194375.6A patent/EP3282726B8/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 EP EP13761383.2A patent/EP2826267B1/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 CA CA2861503A patent/CA2861503C/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 CN CN201710523221.0A patent/CN107257268B/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 RU RU2014139406/08A patent/RU2604432C2/en active
- 2013-02-18 CN CN201810310534.2A patent/CN108270524B/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 EP EP20190741.7A patent/EP3754877B1/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 CN CN201810174461.9A patent/CN108282271B/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 CN CN201380014552.1A patent/CN104170304B/en active Active
- 2013-02-18 RU RU2016128977A patent/RU2643783C1/en active
- 2013-02-18 AU AU2013232618A patent/AU2013232618B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-20 WO PCT/US2013/026910 patent/WO2013138031A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-20 EP EP13761353.5A patent/EP2826291B1/en active Active
- 2013-02-20 ES ES13761353.5T patent/ES2612553T3/en active Active
- 2013-02-20 MX MX2014011092A patent/MX355521B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-20 JP JP2015500441A patent/JP5905637B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-02-20 KR KR1020167007375A patent/KR101710847B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-02-20 CN CN201380018734.6A patent/CN104396303B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-02-20 RU RU2014139284/07A patent/RU2600451C2/en active
- 2013-02-20 KR KR1020147025693A patent/KR101606486B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2013-02-20 MY MYPI2014702607A patent/MY170744A/en unknown
- 2013-02-20 EP EP16197269.0A patent/EP3145239A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-02-20 CA CA2867017A patent/CA2867017A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-02-20 AU AU2013232628A patent/AU2013232628B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-20 HU HUE13761353A patent/HUE030599T2/en unknown
- 2013-02-21 EP EP13760885.7A patent/EP2826165B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-02-21 HU HUE13760885A patent/HUE034720T2/en unknown
- 2013-02-21 CN CN201380014545.1A patent/CN104170279B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-02-21 WO PCT/US2013/027144 patent/WO2013138043A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-21 ES ES13760885.7T patent/ES2643229T3/en active Active
- 2013-02-21 JP JP2015500444A patent/JP5861219B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-22 WO PCT/US2013/027332 patent/WO2013138047A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-22 WO PCT/US2013/027350 patent/WO2013138048A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-22 JP JP2015500446A patent/JP5879642B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-02-22 CN CN201380014755.0A patent/CN104350798B/en active Active
- 2013-02-22 HU HUE13761363A patent/HUE037723T2/en unknown
- 2013-02-22 HU HUE13760373A patent/HUE032865T2/en unknown
- 2013-02-22 EP EP13760373.4A patent/EP2826326B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-02-22 EP EP13761363.4A patent/EP2826167B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-02-22 ES ES13761363.4T patent/ES2668901T3/en active Active
- 2013-02-22 CN CN201380014558.9A patent/CN104170280B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-02-22 ES ES13760373.4T patent/ES2611935T3/en active Active
- 2013-02-27 JP JP2015500450A patent/JP5985036B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-27 WO PCT/US2013/027921 patent/WO2013138065A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-02-27 ES ES13760234.8T patent/ES2684223T3/en active Active
- 2013-02-27 CN CN201380014546.6A patent/CN104205934B/en active Active
- 2013-02-27 EP EP13760234.8A patent/EP2826298B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-02-27 HU HUE13760234A patent/HUE038863T2/en unknown
- 2013-03-11 TW TW102108459A patent/TWI481267B/en active
- 2013-03-11 TW TW104103211A patent/TWI556661B/en active
- 2013-03-12 ES ES16191829T patent/ES2729923T3/en active Active
- 2013-03-12 ES ES13760813.9T patent/ES2689431T3/en active Active
- 2013-03-12 EP EP16191829.7A patent/EP3133857B1/en active Active
- 2013-03-12 HU HUE16191829A patent/HUE043282T2/en unknown
- 2013-03-12 MY MYPI2014702600A patent/MY167452A/en unknown
- 2013-03-12 AU AU2013232287A patent/AU2013232287B2/en active Active
- 2013-03-12 RU RU2014139414/07A patent/RU2596799C2/en active
- 2013-03-12 EP EP13760813.9A patent/EP2826275B1/en active Active
- 2013-03-12 CA CA2866953A patent/CA2866953A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-03-12 FI FI20135235A patent/FI127213B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-03-12 KR KR1020147027043A patent/KR101678754B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-03-12 KR KR1020177030937A patent/KR101892890B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-03-12 WO PCT/US2013/030511 patent/WO2013138332A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-12 KR KR1020167031886A patent/KR101792638B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-03-12 HU HUE13760813A patent/HUE039491T2/en unknown
- 2013-03-12 JP JP2015500516A patent/JP2015510379A/en active Pending
- 2013-03-12 MX MX2014011091A patent/MX348729B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-03-13 FI FI20135242A patent/FI127165B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-03-14 EP EP13761107.5A patent/EP2826173A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-03-14 NL NL2010449A patent/NL2010449C2/en active
- 2013-03-14 JP JP2015500637A patent/JP5987231B2/en active Active
- 2013-03-14 ES ES13761149.7T patent/ES2693325T3/en active Active
- 2013-03-14 EP EP13761149.7A patent/EP2826174B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-03-14 SE SE1850150A patent/SE542848C2/en unknown
- 2013-03-14 KR KR1020147027275A patent/KR101642214B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-03-14 ES ES201330358A patent/ES2453448B2/en active Active
- 2013-03-14 NL NL2010448A patent/NL2010448C2/en active
- 2013-03-14 WO PCT/US2013/031690 patent/WO2013138659A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-14 CN CN201380014549.XA patent/CN104205682B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-03-14 WO PCT/US2013/031762 patent/WO2013138669A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-14 ES ES201330362A patent/ES2439623R1/en active Pending
- 2013-03-14 CN CN201380014652.4A patent/CN104170295B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-03-14 SE SE1350308A patent/SE1350308A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2013-03-14 JP JP2015500631A patent/JP5951876B2/en active Active
- 2013-03-14 WO PCT/US2013/031633 patent/WO2013138648A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-14 EP EP13761556.3A patent/EP2826176A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-03-14 CN CN201380017826.2A patent/CN104205689B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-03-14 SE SE1350307A patent/SE537717C2/en unknown
- 2013-03-15 WO PCT/US2013/032612 patent/WO2013138782A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-15 JP JP2014561188A patent/JP5886449B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-03-15 CN CN201380013686.1A patent/CN104170270B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-03-15 JP JP2015500674A patent/JP2015511091A/en active Pending
- 2013-03-15 BE BE2013/0172A patent/BE1021235B1/en active
- 2013-03-15 EP EP13760698.4A patent/EP2826160B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-03-15 ES ES13760690.1T patent/ES2647151T3/en active Active
- 2013-03-15 IT IT000394A patent/ITMI20130394A1/en unknown
- 2013-03-15 EP EP13761061.4A patent/EP2826166A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-03-15 BE BE2013/0171A patent/BE1022184B1/en active
- 2013-03-15 CN CN201380014654.3A patent/CN104170296B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-03-15 CN CN201380013917.9A patent/CN104170277B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-03-15 WO PCT/US2013/032671 patent/WO2013138792A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-15 ES ES13760698.4T patent/ES2639773T3/en active Active
- 2013-03-15 EP EP13761873.2A patent/EP2826278A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-03-15 HU HUE13760698A patent/HUE036770T2/en unknown
- 2013-03-15 KR KR1020147024788A patent/KR101588156B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2013-03-15 WO PCT/US2013/032453 patent/WO2013138773A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-15 CN CN201710432203.1A patent/CN107181574B/en active Active
- 2013-03-15 HU HUE13760690A patent/HUE037650T2/en unknown
- 2013-03-15 CN CN201380014548.5A patent/CN104170294B/en active Active
- 2013-03-15 CN CN201380014661.3A patent/CN104170436B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-03-15 IT IT000393A patent/ITMI20130393A1/en unknown
- 2013-03-15 JP JP2015500670A patent/JP5967286B2/en active Active
- 2013-03-15 CN CN201410633688.7A patent/CN104320226B/en active Active
- 2013-03-15 EP EP13760690.1A patent/EP2826171B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-03-15 WO PCT/US2013/032560 patent/WO2013138779A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-15 WO PCT/US2013/032323 patent/WO2013138758A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-03-15 EP EP13761905.2A patent/EP2826177B1/en active Active
- 2013-03-18 US US13/845,328 patent/US9948475B2/en active Active
- 2013-03-18 US US13/845,309 patent/US20130242831A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-03-18 US US13/845,278 patent/US9386571B2/en active Active
- 2013-11-01 US US14/070,243 patent/US10469240B2/en active Active
-
2014
- 2014-01-27 US US14/165,311 patent/US9516628B2/en active Active
- 2014-06-25 US US14/314,296 patent/US9258805B2/en active Active
- 2014-06-27 US US14/318,435 patent/US9432978B2/en active Active
- 2014-11-07 US US14/536,111 patent/US9326278B2/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-04-01 NL NL2014569A patent/NL2014569B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2015-05-20 HK HK15104788.1A patent/HK1204399A1/en unknown
- 2015-11-04 JP JP2015217000A patent/JP6022019B2/en active Active
-
2016
- 2016-01-27 AU AU2016200440A patent/AU2016200440B2/en active Active
- 2016-02-03 US US15/014,770 patent/US9615378B2/en active Active
- 2016-03-16 JP JP2016052223A patent/JP6141477B2/en active Active
- 2016-04-13 JP JP2016080044A patent/JP6156957B2/en active Active
- 2016-05-23 AU AU2016203351A patent/AU2016203351B2/en active Active
- 2016-05-25 US US15/164,085 patent/US10530558B2/en active Active
- 2016-06-17 AU AU2016204107A patent/AU2016204107A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2016-06-20 JP JP2016121500A patent/JP6350601B2/en active Active
- 2016-07-22 US US15/216,993 patent/US10320552B2/en active Active
- 2016-08-01 RU RU2016131671A patent/RU2656149C2/en active
- 2016-09-08 RU RU2016136202A patent/RU2645303C1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2016-10-05 JP JP2016197217A patent/JP6285521B2/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-04-20 JP JP2017083392A patent/JP6354098B2/en active Active
- 2017-05-12 US US15/594,267 patent/US10374783B2/en active Active
- 2017-08-09 FR FR1757592A patent/FR3055080A1/en active Pending
-
2018
- 2018-03-15 HK HK18103608.8A patent/HK1244128A1/en unknown
- 2018-04-26 RU RU2018115687A patent/RU2690505C1/en active
- 2018-07-17 HK HK18109186.5A patent/HK1249810A1/en unknown
- 2018-08-21 HK HK18110719.9A patent/HK1251812A1/en unknown
- 2018-08-23 HK HK18110836.7A patent/HK1251733A1/en unknown
-
2019
- 2019-05-10 US US16/408,724 patent/US10637635B2/en active Active
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9813966B1 (en) * | 2013-09-11 | 2017-11-07 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Sub-cell power adjustment |
US11218909B2 (en) * | 2017-11-16 | 2022-01-04 | Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy | Adaptive transmission direction selection in cellular network |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9615378B2 (en) | Support for asynchronous adaptation to uplink and downlink traffic demands for wireless communication | |
US11075738B2 (en) | Fractional frequency reuse schemes assigned to radio nodes in an LTE network | |
US9185620B2 (en) | Adaptive UL-DL configurations in a TDD heterogeneous network | |
TWI552559B (en) | Time division duplex (tdd) uplink downlink (ul-dl) reconfiguration | |
US9490946B2 (en) | Interference coordination method and base station | |
EP2630817B1 (en) | Method and controller for self-optimized inter-cell interference coordination | |
EP2847886B1 (en) | COORDINATED DYNAMIC POINT SELECTION (DPS) WITH CELL RANGE EXPANSION IN A COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (CoMP) SYSTEM | |
US11350405B2 (en) | Enabling exchange of information on radio frame configuration in neighbor cells | |
EP2826277B1 (en) | Hierarchical network and interference management | |
EP2907356B1 (en) | Method for dynamic inter-cell interference coordination, cell controller and system | |
US20160219596A1 (en) | Method and system for dynamic allocation of resources in a cellular network | |
US9642135B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for management of protected resource in a heterogeneous network | |
US9554281B2 (en) | Fractional frequency reuse schemes assigned to clusters of radio nodes in an LTE radio access network | |
JP6362150B2 (en) | Method and system for muting radio resources in a radio communication system | |
WO2011153943A1 (en) | Method for control channel inter-cell interference avoiding and base station | |
WO2016045312A1 (en) | Interference adjusting and processing method and device | |
Ma et al. | A resource allocation algorithm using compensation timeslot for self-healing in heterogeneous networks | |
Pradhan | Scheduling and power allocation for interference mitigation in heterogeneous cellular networks |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: INTEL CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KHORYAEV, ALEXEY;SHILOV, MIKHAIL;PANTELEEV, SERGEY;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:037973/0443 Effective date: 20121020 |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: APPLE INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:INTEL CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:052916/0308 Effective date: 20191130 |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 4 |